TWI437654B - Film deposition apparatus, substrate processing apparatus, and film deposition method - Google Patents

Film deposition apparatus, substrate processing apparatus, and film deposition method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI437654B
TWI437654B TW98128930A TW98128930A TWI437654B TW I437654 B TWI437654 B TW I437654B TW 98128930 A TW98128930 A TW 98128930A TW 98128930 A TW98128930 A TW 98128930A TW I437654 B TWI437654 B TW I437654B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
gas
reaction gas
turntable
region
vacuum
Prior art date
Application number
TW98128930A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201025480A (en
Inventor
Hitoshi Kato
Manabu Honma
Kohichi Orito
Original Assignee
Tokyo Electron Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2008222728A external-priority patent/JP5195174B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2009165984A external-priority patent/JP5195676B2/en
Application filed by Tokyo Electron Ltd filed Critical Tokyo Electron Ltd
Publication of TW201025480A publication Critical patent/TW201025480A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI437654B publication Critical patent/TWI437654B/en

Links

Description

成膜裝置、基板處理裝置及成膜方法Film forming apparatus, substrate processing apparatus, and film forming method

本發明係關於一種藉由實施將至少2種會相互反應的反應氣體依序供給至基板表面的供給循環來層積多數層之反應生成物層以形成薄膜的成膜裝置、成膜方法以及收納有實施該方法之程式的記憶體。The present invention relates to a film forming apparatus, a film forming method, and a storage method for forming a film by laminating a reaction product layer of a plurality of layers by sequentially supplying a reaction gas in which at least two kinds of reaction gases are mutually reacted to the surface of the substrate. There is a memory for the program that implements the method.

作為半導體製程之成膜方法,已知有一種於真空氣氛下使得第1反應氣體吸附於作為基板之半導體晶圓(以下稱作晶圓)表面,然後將供給氣體切換為第2反應氣體而於晶圓表面上藉由兩反應氣體的相互反應來形成1層或複數層之原子層或分子層,並藉由例如多數次地進行該循環來層積該等薄層而於晶圓上進行成膜的製程。該製程被稱作例如ALD(Atomic Layer Deposition)或MLD(Molecular Layer Deposition)等,能對應循環次數而高精密度地進行膜厚控制,同時膜質的面內均勻性亦良好,而為一種能有效地對應半導體元件之薄膜化的方法。As a film formation method for a semiconductor process, it is known that a first reaction gas is adsorbed on a surface of a semiconductor wafer (hereinafter referred to as a wafer) as a substrate in a vacuum atmosphere, and then the supply gas is switched to a second reaction gas. Forming one or more atomic layers or molecular layers on the surface of the wafer by mutual reaction of two reactive gases, and stacking the thin layers on the wafer by, for example, performing the cycle many times. Membrane process. This process is called, for example, ALD (Atomic Layer Deposition) or MLD (Molecular Layer Deposition), and the film thickness control can be performed with high precision in accordance with the number of cycles, and the in-plane uniformity of the film quality is also good, and it is effective. The ground corresponds to a method of thinning a semiconductor element.

作為適用於該成膜方法的範例例舉有使用在閘極氧化膜的高介電體膜之成膜。舉出一範例,在形成矽氧化膜(SiO2 膜)時,可使用例如二(特丁胺基)矽烷(以下稱作「BTBAS」)氣體等來作為第1反應氣體(原料氣體),可使用臭氧氣體等來作為第2反應氣體(氧化氣體)。As an example suitable for the film formation method, a film formation using a high dielectric film of a gate oxide film is exemplified. For example, when a tantalum oxide film (SiO 2 film) is formed, for example, a bis(t-butylamino) decane (hereinafter referred to as "BTBAS") gas or the like can be used as the first reaction gas (raw material gas). Ozone gas or the like is used as the second reaction gas (oxidation gas).

考慮使用一種例如具備有載置台(設置於真空容器內)以及面向該載置台而設置於真空容器上部之淋氣頭的枚葉式成膜裝置,自淋氣頭將反應氣體供給至載置台上的晶圓,並從處理容器底部將未反應之反應氣體及反應副生成物排出的方法來實施該成膜方法。此時,若前述複數種反應氣體於真空容器內相互混合,便會產生反應生成物而成為微粒產生的原因,故該裝置在切換反應氣體時,必須供給例如非活性氣體等沖洗氣體來進行氣體置換。該氣體置換需要較長時間,又循環次數有時亦高達例如數百次,故該裝置有著處理時間冗長的問題。因此,期盼一種能以高產能進行成膜處理的裝置、方法。It is conceivable to use a lobed film forming apparatus including a mounting table (provided in a vacuum container) and a shower head provided on the upper surface of the vacuum vessel facing the mounting table, and supplying the reaction gas from the leaching head to the crystal on the mounting table. This film formation method is carried out by a method of discharging a non-reactive reaction gas and a reaction by-product from a bottom of a processing container. In this case, when the plurality of kinds of reaction gases are mixed with each other in the vacuum container, the reaction product is generated and the particles are generated. Therefore, when switching the reaction gas, the apparatus must supply a flushing gas such as an inert gas to carry out the gas. Replacement. This gas replacement takes a long time, and the number of cycles is sometimes as high as, for example, hundreds of times, so the device has a problem of lengthy processing time. Therefore, an apparatus and method capable of performing film formation processing with high productivity are expected.

基於前述背景來探討關於專利文獻1~4所記載的裝置。概略地說明有關該等裝置,於該等裝置之真空容器內係設置有用以沿圓周方向(迴轉方向)排列載置複數片晶圓用的載置台、以及面向該載置台而設置在真空容器上部以將處理氣體供給至晶圓的氣體供給部。該氣體供給部係對應於載置在載置台上的晶圓而排列設置在例如圓周方向之複數位置處。Based on the above background, the devices described in Patent Documents 1 to 4 are discussed. In the vacuum container of these devices, a mounting table for arranging a plurality of wafers in a circumferential direction (rotation direction) and a mounting surface facing the mounting table are provided in the vacuum container. The gas is supplied to the gas supply portion of the wafer. The gas supply unit is arranged in a plurality of positions, for example, in the circumferential direction, in accordance with the wafer placed on the mounting table.

然後,將晶圓載置於載置台並使得真空容器內減壓至特定之處理壓力,載置台與該複數個氣體供給部係繞鉛直軸而進行相對旋轉且同時加熱該晶圓,以從各氣體供給部將複數種氣體(例如前述第1反應氣體及第2反應氣體)各別地供給至晶圓表面。又,為了抑制真空容器內的反應氣體之間相互混合,而在供給反應氣體的氣體供給部之間設置有物理性之分隔壁,抑或藉由非活性氣體來形成氣幕而於真空容器內劃分出以第1反應氣體所形成之處理區域與以第2反應氣體所形成的處理區域。Then, the wafer is placed on the mounting table and the inside of the vacuum container is depressurized to a specific processing pressure, and the mounting table and the plurality of gas supply portions are relatively rotated about the vertical axis and simultaneously heat the wafer to remove each gas. The supply unit supplies a plurality of gases (for example, the first reaction gas and the second reaction gas) to the wafer surface. Further, in order to suppress mixing of the reaction gases in the vacuum container, a physical partition wall is provided between the gas supply portions for supplying the reaction gas, or the gas curtain is formed by the inert gas to be divided into the vacuum container. A treatment region formed by the first reaction gas and a treatment region formed by the second reaction gas are emitted.

如前述,雖於共通之真空容器內同時供給有複數種反應氣體,但因為對各處理區域加以區分以使得該等反應氣體不會相互混合,故就旋轉中的晶圓觀之,第1反應氣體及第2反應氣體係透過前述分隔壁或氣幕而交互地被加以供給,因而能藉由前述方法來進行成膜處理。因此,無需進行氣體置換而能在短時間內進行成膜處理,又能減少沖洗氣體等非活性氣體之消耗量(抑或無需沖洗氣體)等優點。As described above, although a plurality of kinds of reaction gases are simultaneously supplied in a common vacuum vessel, since the respective treatment regions are distinguished such that the reaction gases do not mix with each other, the first reaction gas is observed in the rotating wafer. The second reaction gas system is alternately supplied through the partition wall or the air curtain, so that the film formation process can be performed by the above method. Therefore, it is possible to carry out the film formation treatment in a short time without performing gas replacement, and it is also possible to reduce the consumption amount of the inert gas such as the flushing gas (or the need for the flushing gas).

但是於該裝置中,將複數種反應氣體導入至共通之真空容器內時,不僅要如前述般地抑制真空容器內反應氣體之間的相互混合,更必須對真空容器內之反應氣體的氣流進行嚴密之控制以使得流向晶圓的氣流保持一定。即,該裝置因係於真空容器內形成複數個處理區域,故當流向晶圓之氣流產生紊亂,則會改變處理區域之大小(即晶圓與反應氣體之反應時間),此時,便會影響到所形成之薄膜的品質。However, in the apparatus, when a plurality of kinds of reaction gases are introduced into the common vacuum vessel, not only the mutual mixing of the reaction gases in the vacuum vessel but also the flow of the reaction gas in the vacuum vessel must be performed as described above. Tight control is required to keep the airflow to the wafer constant. That is, since the device forms a plurality of processing regions in the vacuum container, when the airflow to the wafer is disordered, the size of the processing region (ie, the reaction time between the wafer and the reaction gas) is changed, and at this time, Affects the quality of the formed film.

真空容器內之反應氣體的氣流於晶圓面內抑或晶圓面之間處產生紊亂而例如未能於晶圓上供給必要量之反應氣體的情況,則會因反應氣體之吸附量不足而使得膜厚變薄,抑或例如未能充分進行氧化反應而會有導致膜質惡化之虞。又,氣流產生紊亂而使得反應氣體穿越分隔壁或氣幕並相互混合之情況,則如前述般地會產生反應生成物而成為微粒產生的原因。因此,必需嚴密地進行該等反應氣體之氣流的控制,但僅依靠前述之分隔壁或氣幕仍是不充份的,又例如即使處理中氣流產生紊亂,亦無法掌握該狀況。When the flow of the reaction gas in the vacuum vessel is turbulent in the wafer surface or between the wafer faces, for example, if a necessary amount of the reaction gas is not supplied on the wafer, the amount of the reaction gas is insufficient. If the film thickness is thinned, for example, if the oxidation reaction is not sufficiently performed, the film quality may deteriorate. Further, when the gas flow is disturbed and the reaction gas passes through the partition wall or the air curtain and is mixed with each other, the reaction product is generated as described above and causes the particles to be generated. Therefore, it is necessary to strictly control the flow of the reaction gas, but it is still insufficient to rely on the above-mentioned partition wall or air curtain, and for example, even if the airflow in the process is disturbed, the situation cannot be grasped.

另一方面,前述裝置係將真空容器內部保持於特定之真空度(壓力)而同時進行晶圓處理,因此需要在控制真空容器內之真空度的同時,控制該真空容器內之反應氣體的氣流,因此如前述之氣流的控制便會極為困難。又,真空容器內之真空度與反應氣體之流量會根據針對晶圓進行處理之製程條件(recipe)而改變,故必須根據不同製程條件來進行真空度與反應氣體之氣流的控制,因此使得該控制更加地困難。但是,前述專利文獻並未針對關於前述之氣流控制進行任何的探討。On the other hand, the above apparatus maintains the inside of the vacuum vessel at a specific degree of vacuum (pressure) while performing wafer processing. Therefore, it is necessary to control the flow rate of the reaction gas in the vacuum vessel while controlling the degree of vacuum in the vacuum vessel. Therefore, the control of the airflow as described above can be extremely difficult. Moreover, the degree of vacuum in the vacuum vessel and the flow rate of the reaction gas are changed according to the process conditions for processing the wafer, so the control of the degree of vacuum and the flow of the reaction gas must be performed according to different process conditions, thereby making the Control is more difficult. However, the aforementioned patent documents do not address any discussion regarding the aforementioned airflow control.

專利文獻5係記載有一種將真空容器內部分離成右側區域與左側區域,並同時於前述各區域處形成有氣體之供給口及排氣口,而於該等區域供給有種類相異之氣體的同時,由各區域將氣體排出的技術。但是,並未針對關於真空容器內之氣流(即,例如由各排氣口所排出之氣體的流量)進行任何的探討。因此,排氣通道內會例如有堆積物之堆積而使得排氣流量隨著時間產生變化,即使在左右側排氣流量之平衡失序而導致例如單側排氣時,亦無法掌握前述狀態。又,於複數個排氣通道各別設置有排氣泵之情況,有可能會因各排氣泵之狀態而使得排氣能力產生個體差異,但亦未針對關於該個體差異進行探討。Patent Document 5 discloses that a vacuum container is separated into a right side region and a left side region, and a gas supply port and an exhaust port are formed in the respective regions, and gas of a different kind is supplied to the regions. At the same time, the technology of discharging gas from various regions. However, no discussion has been made regarding the flow of gas in the vacuum vessel (i.e., the flow rate of the gas discharged from each of the exhaust ports). Therefore, for example, accumulation of deposits in the exhaust passage causes the exhaust gas flow rate to change with time, and the above state cannot be grasped even when the balance of the left and right side exhaust gas flows is out of order and causes, for example, one-side exhaust. Further, in the case where an exhaust pump is provided in each of the plurality of exhaust passages, there is a possibility that individual differences in exhaust capability may occur due to the state of each exhaust pump, but the individual difference is not discussed.

再者,專利文獻6~8係記載有一種將複數種氣體交互吸附於目標物(相當於晶圓)以實施原子層CVD方法的裝置,其係使得載置有晶圓之載置台進行迴轉,並從載置台上方供給原料氣體與沖洗氣體。該裝置係在藉由非活性氣體來形成氣幕的同時,自各排氣通道30a、30b來各別地將原料氣體與沖洗氣體排出,但與前述專利文獻5相同,並未針對關於自各排氣通道30a、30b所排出之氣體的流量進行任何的探討。Further, Patent Documents 6 to 8 disclose an apparatus for performing an atomic layer CVD method by alternately adsorbing a plurality of kinds of gases on a target (corresponding to a wafer), and rotating the mounting table on which the wafer is placed. The raw material gas and the flushing gas are supplied from above the mounting table. This apparatus discharges the material gas and the flushing gas separately from the respective exhaust passages 30a and 30b while forming the air curtain by the inert gas. However, similarly to the above-described Patent Document 5, the present invention is not directed to the respective exhaust gases. The flow rate of the gas discharged from the passages 30a, 30b is discussed in any way.

又,雖然已知一種在排氣通道安插一可改變開口程度之閥門,並藉由該閥門之開口程度來推測出流通於排氣通道內之排氣氣體流量的方法,但其並非量測該排氣氣體之實際流量,故例如前述般當排氣泵之排氣能力改變時,便無法掌握實際之排氣流量。Further, although a method of inserting a valve which can change the degree of opening in the exhaust passage and estimating the flow rate of the exhaust gas flowing through the exhaust passage by the degree of opening of the valve is known, it is not measured. Since the actual flow rate of the exhaust gas is such that, as described above, when the exhaust capacity of the exhaust pump is changed, the actual exhaust flow rate cannot be grasped.

專利文獻1:美國專利公報第6,634,314號。Patent Document 1: U.S. Patent No. 6,634,314.

專利文獻2:日本專利特開2001-254181號公報;圖1及圖2。Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2001-254181; FIG. 1 and FIG.

專利文獻3:日本專利第3144664號公報;圖1、圖2、申請專利範圍第1項。Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent No. 3144664; Fig. 1, Fig. 2, Patent Application No. 1.

專利文獻4:日本特開平4-287912號公報。Patent Document 4: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei-4-287912.

專利文獻5:美國專利公報第7,153,542號;圖6A、B。Patent Document 5: U.S. Patent No. 7,153,542; Figs. 6A and B.

專利文獻6:日本專利特開2007-247066號公報;段落0023~0025、0058、圖12及圖18。Patent Document 6: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-247066; paragraphs 0023 to 0025, 0,058, FIG. 12 and FIG.

專利文獻7:美國專利公開公報第2007-218701號。Patent Document 7: U.S. Patent Publication No. 2007-218701.

專利文獻8:美國專利公開公報第2007-218702號。Patent Document 8: U.S. Patent Publication No. 2007-218702.

本發明有鑑於前述問題,提供一種能減少分離氣體之使用量的成膜裝置、成膜方法及收納有實施該方法之程式的的記憶體。其中該成膜裝置係於真空容器內將會相互反應的複數種反應氣體依序供給至基板表面而層積多數層之反應生成物層以形成薄膜,而供給至分離區域的分離氣體係用以分離沿著載置有基板之迴轉台的圓周方向所設置之供給有第1反應氣體的第1處理區域的氣氛以及供給有第2反應氣體的第2處理區域的氣氛。The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and provides a film forming apparatus, a film forming method, and a memory containing a program for carrying out the method, which can reduce the amount of use of the separation gas. The film forming apparatus is configured to sequentially supply a plurality of reaction gases which are mutually reacted in a vacuum vessel to the surface of the substrate to laminate a plurality of layers of the reaction product layer to form a film, and the separation gas system supplied to the separation region is used for the separation gas system. The atmosphere of the first processing region in which the first reaction gas is supplied and the atmosphere of the second processing region in which the second reaction gas is supplied are disposed along the circumferential direction of the turntable on which the substrate is placed.

本發明第1樣態之成膜裝置,係於真空容器內將至少2種會相互反應之反應氣體依序供給至基板表面,並藉由實施如此之供給循環來層積多數的反應生成物層以形成一薄膜,其具備有:迴轉台,係設置於該真空容器內並包含有載置基板用的基板載置區域;第1反應氣體供給機構,係朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之一面供給第1反應氣體;第2反應氣體供給機構,係遠離該第1反應氣體供給機構而設置在該迴轉台之圓周方向並朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之一面供給第2反應氣體;分離區域,係位於該圓周方向中供給有第1反應氣體的第1處理區域與供給有第2反應氣體的第2處理區域之間;第1排氣通道,係於該第1處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口;第2排氣通道,係於該第2處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口;第1真空排氣機構,係透過第1閥門而連接至該第1排氣通道;第2真空排氣機構,係透過第2閥門而連接至該第2排氣通道;第1壓力檢測機構,係安插於該第1閥門與該第1真空排氣機構之間;第2壓力檢測機構,係安插於該第2閥門與該第2真空排氣機構之間;處理壓力檢測機構,係至少設置於該第1閥門及該第2閥門中任一者處;以及控制部,係根據該第1壓力檢測機構及該第2壓力檢測機構所檢出之各壓力檢測值來輸出控制該第1閥門及該第2閥門之開口程度的控制訊號,使得該真空容器內之壓力以及各自流通於該第1排氣通道和該第2排氣通道之氣體流量比能達到各自所設定之設定值。In the film forming apparatus according to the first aspect of the present invention, at least two kinds of reaction gases which are mutually reacted are sequentially supplied to the surface of the substrate in a vacuum vessel, and a plurality of reaction product layers are laminated by performing such a supply cycle. A film is formed, and the turntable is provided in the vacuum container and includes a substrate mounting region for mounting the substrate; and the first reaction gas supply mechanism faces the substrate mounting region side of the turntable The first reaction gas is supplied to the first reaction gas, and the second reaction gas supply means is provided in the circumferential direction of the turntable away from the first reaction gas supply means, and supplies the second reaction to one side of the substrate mounting region side of the turntable. a gas; a separation region between the first treatment region in which the first reaction gas is supplied in the circumferential direction and the second treatment region in which the second reaction gas is supplied; and the first exhaust passage in the first treatment region An exhaust port is provided between the separation region; the second exhaust passage has an exhaust port between the second processing region and the separation region; and the first vacuum exhaust mechanism is connected through the first valve The first exhaust passage; the second vacuum exhaust mechanism is connected to the second exhaust passage through the second valve; and the first pressure detecting mechanism is inserted into the first valve and the first vacuum exhaust mechanism a second pressure detecting mechanism is interposed between the second valve and the second vacuum exhausting mechanism; and the processing pressure detecting means is provided at least at any one of the first valve and the second valve And a control unit that outputs a control signal for controlling the degree of opening of the first valve and the second valve based on the respective pressure detection values detected by the first pressure detecting means and the second pressure detecting means, so that the vacuum The pressure in the container and the gas flow ratios respectively flowing through the first exhaust passage and the second exhaust passage can reach respective set values.

本發明第2樣態之成膜裝置,係於真空容器內將至少2種會相互反應之反應氣體依序供給至基板表面,並藉由實施如此之供給循環來層積多數的反應生成物層以形成一薄膜,其具備有:迴轉台,係設置於該真空容器內並包含有載置基板用的基板載置區域;第1反應氣體供給機構,係朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之一面供給第1反應氣體;第2反應氣體供給機構,係遠離該第1反應氣體供給機構而設置在該迴轉台之圓周方向並朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之一面供給第2反應氣體;分離區域,係位於該圓周方向中供給有第1反應氣體的第1處理區域與供給有第2反應氣體的第2處理區域之間;第1排氣通道,係於該第1處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口;第2排氣通道,係於該第2處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口;第1真空排氣機構,係透過第1閥門而連接至該第1排氣通道;第2真空排氣機構,係透過第2閥門而連接至該第2排氣通道;第1處理壓力檢測機構,係設置於該第1閥門與該第1處理區域之間;第2處理壓力檢測機構,係設置於該第2閥門與該第2處理區域之間;以及控制部,係根據該第1處理壓力檢測機構及該第2處理壓力檢測機構所檢出之各壓力檢測值來輸出控制該第1閥門及該第2閥門之開口程度的控制訊號,使得該真空容器內之壓力以及該第1處理區域和該第2處理區域之間的壓力差能達到各自所設定之設定值。According to a second aspect of the present invention, in a film forming apparatus, at least two kinds of reaction gases which are mutually reacted are sequentially supplied to a surface of a substrate in a vacuum vessel, and a plurality of reaction product layers are laminated by performing such a supply cycle. A film is formed, and the turntable is provided in the vacuum container and includes a substrate mounting region for mounting the substrate; and the first reaction gas supply mechanism faces the substrate mounting region side of the turntable The first reaction gas is supplied to the first reaction gas, and the second reaction gas supply means is provided in the circumferential direction of the turntable away from the first reaction gas supply means, and supplies the second reaction to one side of the substrate mounting region side of the turntable. a gas; a separation region between the first treatment region in which the first reaction gas is supplied in the circumferential direction and the second treatment region in which the second reaction gas is supplied; and the first exhaust passage in the first treatment region An exhaust port is provided between the separation region; the second exhaust passage has an exhaust port between the second processing region and the separation region; and the first vacuum exhaust mechanism is connected through the first valve The first exhaust passage; the second vacuum exhaust mechanism is connected to the second exhaust passage through the second valve; and the first processing pressure detecting means is provided in the first valve and the first processing region The second processing pressure detecting means is disposed between the second valve and the second processing region; and the control portion is detected by the first processing pressure detecting means and the second processing pressure detecting means Each of the pressure detection values outputs a control signal for controlling the degree of opening of the first valve and the second valve such that the pressure in the vacuum container and the pressure difference between the first processing region and the second processing region can reach respective The set value set.

本發明第3樣態之成膜方法,係於真空容器內將至少2種會相互反應之反應氣體依序供給至基板表面,並藉由實施如此之供給循環來層積多數的反應生成物層以形成一薄膜,其具備有:將基板幾乎水平地載置於該真空容器內之迴轉台的製程;旋轉該迴轉台的製程;自該第1反應氣體供給機構,朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之面,將第1反應氣體供給至第1處理區域的製程;自遠離該迴轉台之圓周方向所設置的該第2反應氣體供給機構,朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之面,將第2反應氣體供給至第2處理區域的製程;藉由位於該第1反應氣體供給機構及該第2反應氣體供給機構之間的分離區域所設置的分離氣體供給機構來供給分離氣體的製程;藉由於該第1處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口的第1排氣通道來將該第1處理區域的該第1反應氣體從第1真空排氣機構處排出,並藉由於該第2處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口的第2排氣通道來將該第2處理區域的該第2反應氣體從第2真空排氣機構處排出的製程;檢測該真空容器內之壓力、安插於該第1排氣通道之第1閥門和該第1真空排氣機構之間的第1壓力以及安插於該第2排氣通道之第2閥門和該第2真空排氣機構之間的第2壓力之製程;以及根據該檢測製程所檢出之各壓力檢測值來調整該第1閥門及該第2閥門之開口程度以使得該真空容器內之壓力以及各自流通於該第1排氣通道與該第2排氣通道之氣體流量比能達到各自所設定之設定值的製程。According to a third aspect of the present invention, in the vacuum container, at least two types of reaction gases which are mutually reacted are sequentially supplied to the surface of the substrate, and a plurality of reaction product layers are laminated by performing such a supply cycle. Forming a film comprising: a process of rotating a substrate into a turret in the vacuum container; rotating the turret; and processing the substrate from the first reaction gas supply mechanism toward the turret a process of supplying the first reaction gas to the first processing region on the surface on the side of the region; and the second reaction gas supply mechanism provided in the circumferential direction away from the turntable toward the substrate mounting region side of the turntable a process of supplying the second reaction gas to the second processing region, and supplying the separation gas by a separation gas supply mechanism provided in the separation region between the first reaction gas supply mechanism and the second reaction gas supply mechanism The process of the first reaction gas in the first processing region from the first vacuum exhauster by the first exhaust passage having an exhaust port between the first processing region and the separation region Discharging and discharging the second reaction gas in the second treatment region from the second vacuum exhaust mechanism by the second exhaust passage having an exhaust port between the second treatment region and the separation region a process of detecting a pressure in the vacuum container, a first pressure interposed between the first valve of the first exhaust passage and the first vacuum exhaust mechanism, and a second valve inserted in the second exhaust passage and a process of the second pressure between the second vacuum exhaust mechanisms; and adjusting the opening degree of the first valve and the second valve according to the respective pressure detection values detected by the detection process so that the vacuum container is in the vacuum container The pressure and the flow rate of the gas flowing through the first exhaust passage and the second exhaust passage can each reach a set value set by each.

本發明第4樣態之成膜方法,係於真空容器內將至少2種會相互反應之反應氣體依序供給至基板表面,並藉由實施如此之供給循環來層積多數的反應生成物層以形成一薄膜,其具備有:將基板幾乎水平地載置於該真空容器內之迴轉台的製程;旋轉該迴轉台的製程;自該第1反應氣體供給機構,朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之面,將第1反應氣體供給至第1處理區域的製程;自遠離該迴轉台之圓周方向所設置的該第2反應氣體供給機構,朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之面,將第2反應氣體供給至第2處理區域的製程;藉由位於該第1反應氣體供給機構及該第2反應氣體供給機構之間的分離區域所設置的分離氣體供給機構來供給分離氣體的製程;藉由於該第1處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口的第1排氣通道來將該第1處理區域的該第1反應氣體從第1真空排氣機構處排出,並藉由於該第2處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口的第2排氣通道來將該第2處理區域的該第2反應氣體從第2真空排氣機構處排出的製程;檢測安插於該第1排氣通道之第1閥門和該第1處理區域之間的第1壓力以及安插於該第2排氣通道之第2閥門和該第2處理區域之間的第2壓力之檢測製程;以及根據該檢測製程所檢出之各壓力檢測值來調整該第1閥門及該第2閥門之開口程度以使得該真空容器內之壓力以及該第1處理區域和該第2處理區域之間的壓力差能達到各自所設定之設定值的製程。According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, in the vacuum container, at least two kinds of reaction gases which are mutually reacted are sequentially supplied to the surface of the substrate, and a plurality of reaction product layers are laminated by performing such a supply cycle. Forming a film comprising: a process of rotating a substrate into a turret in the vacuum container; rotating the turret; and processing the substrate from the first reaction gas supply mechanism toward the turret a process of supplying the first reaction gas to the first processing region on the surface on the side of the region; and the second reaction gas supply mechanism provided in the circumferential direction away from the turntable toward the substrate mounting region side of the turntable a process of supplying the second reaction gas to the second processing region, and supplying the separation gas by a separation gas supply mechanism provided in the separation region between the first reaction gas supply mechanism and the second reaction gas supply mechanism The process of the first reaction gas in the first processing region from the first vacuum exhauster by the first exhaust passage having an exhaust port between the first processing region and the separation region Discharging and discharging the second reaction gas in the second treatment region from the second vacuum exhaust mechanism by the second exhaust passage having an exhaust port between the second treatment region and the separation region a process of detecting a first pressure interposed between the first valve and the first processing region of the first exhaust passage and a second valve interposed between the second valve and the second processing region a pressure detecting process; and adjusting the opening degree of the first valve and the second valve according to the respective pressure detection values detected by the detecting process so that the pressure in the vacuum container and the first processing region and the first 2 The process of the pressure difference between the processing areas can reach the set value of each setting.

本發明第5樣態之成膜裝置,係於真空容器內將至少2種會相互反應之反應氣體依序供給至基板表面,並藉由實施如此之供給循環來層積多數的反應生成物層以形成一薄膜,其具備有:迴轉台,係設置於該真空容器內並包含有載置基板用的基板載置區域;第1反應氣體供給機構,係朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之一面供給第1反應氣體之結構;第2反應氣體供給機構,係遠離該第1反應氣體供給機構而設置在該迴轉台之圓周方向並朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之一面供給第2反應氣體之結構;分離區域,係位於該圓周方向中供給有第1反應氣體的第1處理區域與供給有第2反應氣體的第2處理區域之間;頂面,係與該迴轉台之間形成有位於該分離氣體供給機構之該迴轉方向兩側處的狹窄空間,以使得該分離氣體自該分離區域流向處理區域側;中心部區域,係位於該真空容器內之中心部,並形成有將分離氣體噴出至該迴轉台之該基板載置面側的噴出孔;第1排氣通道,係於該第1處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口;第2排氣通道,係於該第2處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口;第1真空排氣機構,係連接至該第1排氣通道;以及第2真空排氣機構,係連接至該第2排氣通道。According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, in a film forming apparatus, at least two types of reaction gases which are mutually reacted are sequentially supplied to a surface of a substrate in a vacuum vessel, and a plurality of reaction product layers are laminated by performing such a supply cycle. A film is formed, and the turntable is provided in the vacuum container and includes a substrate mounting region for mounting the substrate; and the first reaction gas supply mechanism faces the substrate mounting region side of the turntable a structure in which the first reaction gas is supplied to the one surface, and the second reaction gas supply means is provided in the circumferential direction of the turntable away from the first reaction gas supply means, and supplies the surface to the side of the substrate mounting region of the turntable. (2) The structure of the reaction gas; the separation region is located between the first treatment region in which the first reaction gas is supplied in the circumferential direction and the second treatment region in which the second reaction gas is supplied; and the top surface is connected to the rotary table Forming a narrow space at both sides of the separation gas supply mechanism in the rotation direction, so that the separation gas flows from the separation region to the treatment region side; a discharge hole for discharging the separation gas onto the substrate mounting surface side of the turntable is formed in a central portion of the vacuum container; the first exhaust passage is between the first processing region and the separation region An exhaust port; the second exhaust passage has an exhaust port between the second processing region and the separation region; the first vacuum exhaust mechanism is connected to the first exhaust passage; and the second vacuum An exhaust mechanism is connected to the second exhaust passage.

本發明第6樣態之成膜方法,係於真空容器內將至少2種會相互反應之反應氣體依序供給至基板表面,並藉由實施如此之供給循環來層積多數的反應生成物層以形成一薄膜,其具備有:將基板幾乎水平地載置於該真空容器內之迴轉台的製程;旋轉該迴轉台的製程;朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之面,而自該第1反應氣體供給機構將第1反應氣體供給至第1處理區域的製程;朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之面,而自遠離該迴轉台之圓周方向所設置的該第2反應氣體供給機構將第2反應氣體供給至第2處理區域的製程;藉由位於該第1反應氣體供給機構及該第2反應氣體供給機構之間的分離區域所設置的分離氣體供給機構來供給分離氣體,以使得該分離氣體擴散至該分離氣體供給機構迴轉方向兩側處之面向該迴轉台的該頂面與該迴轉台之間的狹窄空間之製程;自位於該真空容器內中心部之中心部區域所形成的噴出口,將該分離氣體噴出至該迴轉台之基板載置面側的製程;藉由於該第1處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口的第1排氣通道來將該第1處理區域的該第1反應氣體從第1真空排氣機構處排出,並藉由於該第2處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口的第2排氣通道來將該第2處理區域的該第2反應氣體從第2真空排氣機構處排出的製程;以及從連接至該第1排氣通道的第1真空排氣機構處將該分離氣體與該第1反應氣體排出,並從連接至該第2排氣通道的第2真空排氣機構處將該分離氣體與該第2反應氣體排出的製程。According to a sixth aspect of the present invention, in the vacuum container, at least two kinds of reaction gases which are mutually reacted are sequentially supplied to the surface of the substrate, and a plurality of reaction product layers are laminated by performing such a supply cycle. Forming a film comprising: a process of placing a substrate on a turntable placed substantially horizontally in the vacuum container; rotating the process of the turntable; facing a side of the substrate mounting region side of the turntable, and The first reaction gas supply means supplies the first reaction gas to the first processing region; the second reaction gas is provided from the surface of the turntable on the substrate mounting region side and away from the circumferential direction of the turntable The supply means supplies the second reaction gas to the second processing region, and supplies the separation gas by the separation gas supply means provided in the separation region between the first reaction gas supply means and the second reaction gas supply means. a process for diffusing the separation gas to a narrow space between the top surface of the turntable and the turntable at both sides in the direction of rotation of the separation gas supply mechanism; a discharge port formed in a central portion of a central portion of the vacuum container, wherein the separation gas is ejected to a substrate mounting surface side of the turntable; and the first processing region and the separation region have a row The first exhaust passage of the gas port discharges the first reaction gas in the first treatment region from the first vacuum exhaust mechanism, and has an exhaust port between the second treatment region and the separation region a second exhaust passage for discharging the second reaction gas in the second processing region from the second vacuum exhausting mechanism; and a first vacuum exhausting mechanism connected to the first exhaust passage The separation gas is discharged from the first reaction gas, and the separation gas and the second reaction gas are discharged from the second vacuum exhaust mechanism connected to the second exhaust passage.

依以下實施形態,沿著迴轉台之迴轉方向而於共通之真空容器內形成有會相互反應之複數個反應氣體的處理區域,並藉由迴轉台來讓基板依序通過該等複數個處理區域內部以層積多數的反應生成物層而形成薄膜時,在處理區域之間介設有供給分離氣體的分離區域,並於排氣口所在位置處設置有第1排氣通道及第2排氣通道來將各相異之反應氣體分離而進行排氣。然後,當真空容器內之壓力達到設定值,再調整安插於各排氣通道之閥門的開口程度以使得從各排氣通道所排出之氣體的流量比、抑或各處理區域之間的壓力差能達到設定值。因此,於分離區域之兩側能穩定地形成適當之氣流,因為能讓基板表面之反應氣體的氣流穩定化,故可於晶圓面內抑或晶圓面之間處獲得膜質均勻(膜厚均勻)且優良之薄膜。又,可防止分離區域兩側之排氣不均勻,因此能避免該會相互反應的反應氣體穿過分離區域而相互混合,藉以抑制基板表面以外處之反應生成物產生,故可抑制微粒之發生。According to the following embodiment, a processing region of a plurality of reactive gases that react with each other is formed in the common vacuum vessel along the rotation direction of the turntable, and the substrate is sequentially passed through the plurality of processing regions by the turntable. When a film is formed by laminating a plurality of reaction product layers, a separation region for supplying separation gas is interposed between the treatment regions, and a first exhaust passage and a second exhaust gas are provided at a position of the exhaust port. The passage separates the respective reaction gases and exhausts them. Then, when the pressure in the vacuum vessel reaches a set value, the degree of opening of the valve inserted in each exhaust passage is adjusted so that the flow ratio of the gas discharged from each exhaust passage or the pressure difference between the respective treatment regions can be The set value is reached. Therefore, an appropriate gas flow can be stably formed on both sides of the separation region, since the gas flow of the reaction gas on the surface of the substrate can be stabilized, and the film quality can be uniform in the wafer surface or between the wafer faces (the film thickness is uniform). And excellent film. Further, it is possible to prevent the exhaust gas from being uneven on both sides of the separation region, thereby preventing the reaction gases which are mutually reactive from passing through the separation region and mixing with each other, thereby suppressing the generation of reaction products other than the surface of the substrate, thereby suppressing the occurrence of particles. .

(第1實施形態)(First embodiment)

本發明第1實施形態之成膜裝置係具備有如圖1(圖3中I-I’線的剖面圖)~圖3所示般俯視形狀概略為圓形的扁平真空容器1、以及設置於該真空容器1內且其迴轉中心位於該真空容器1之中心處的迴轉台2。真空容器1之頂板11係可從容器本體12裝卸的結構。藉由使真空容器1內部減壓,該頂板11能透過呈環狀設置於容器本體12之上方面周緣部的密封組件(例如O型環13)而朝容器本體12側擠壓以維持氣密狀態,而欲自容器本體12處分離時,則藉由圖中未顯示之驅動機構以朝上方抬起。The film forming apparatus according to the first embodiment of the present invention includes a flat vacuum container 1 having a circular shape in plan view as shown in FIG. 1 (cross-sectional view taken along line I-I' in FIG. 3) to FIG. The turntable 2 in the vacuum vessel 1 and whose center of rotation is located at the center of the vacuum vessel 1. The top plate 11 of the vacuum container 1 is a structure that can be detached from the container body 12. By decompressing the inside of the vacuum vessel 1, the top plate 11 can be pressed toward the container body 12 side through a sealing member (for example, an O-ring 13) which is annularly provided on the periphery of the container body 12 to maintain airtightness. The state, when to be separated from the container body 12, is lifted upward by a drive mechanism not shown.

迴轉台2係以中心部而被固定於圓筒形狀的軸心部21上,該軸心部21則被固定在朝鉛直方向延伸之迴轉軸22的上端部。迴轉軸22係貫穿真空容器1之底面部14,且其下端係安裝在能使該迴轉軸22繞鉛直軸旋轉(本範例係順時鐘旋轉)的驅動部23處。迴轉軸22及驅動部23係被收納在上方面具有開口的筒狀殼體20內。該殼體20之上方面所設置的法蘭部分係氣密地安裝在真空容器1之底面部14的下方面,以使得殼體20之內部氣氛與外部氣氛係維持氣密狀態。The turntable 2 is fixed to the cylindrical axial center portion 21 at the center portion, and the axial center portion 21 is fixed to the upper end portion of the rotary shaft 22 that extends in the vertical direction. The rotary shaft 22 extends through the bottom surface portion 14 of the vacuum vessel 1, and its lower end is attached to a drive portion 23 that enables the rotary shaft 22 to rotate about a vertical axis (clockwise rotation in this example). The rotary shaft 22 and the drive unit 23 are housed in a cylindrical casing 20 having an opening in the upper direction. The flange portion provided on the upper side of the casing 20 is hermetically mounted on the lower side of the bottom surface portion 14 of the vacuum vessel 1 so that the internal atmosphere of the casing 20 and the external atmosphere are maintained in an airtight state.

迴轉台2之表面部設置有能如圖2及圖3所示般地沿迴轉方向(圓周方向)載置複數片(例如5片)基板(半導體晶圓;以下稱作「晶圓」)W的圓形凹部24。另外,為了方便,圖3中僅於1個凹部24處繪有晶圓W。此處之圖4係沿同心圓將迴轉台2切斷後橫向展開的展開圖,如圖4A所示,凹部24之直徑係較晶圓W之直徑稍大(例如4mm),又,其深度係設定為等同於晶圓W之厚度的大小尺寸。因此當晶圓W置入凹部24後,晶圓W之表面與迴轉台2之表面(未載置有晶圓W的區域)便齊高。由於當晶圓W表面與迴轉台2表面之間的高度差過大會因該段差部分而產生壓力變動,因此就能使膜厚之面內均勻性達到均勻之觀點,晶圓W表面與迴轉台2表面之高度齊高者較佳。所謂使得晶圓W表面與迴轉台2表面之高度齊高係指使其為相同高度抑或使該兩面之差距在5mm以內,較佳地應根據加工精度而盡可能地使該兩面之高度差接近於零。凹部24之底面係形成有貫通孔(圖中未顯示),例如後述之3根昇降銷16(參考圖8)係貫穿該貫通孔而支撐晶圓W之內面來讓該晶圓W進行昇降。A plurality of (for example, five) substrates (semiconductor wafers; hereinafter referred to as "wafers") are placed on the surface of the turntable 2 in the direction of rotation (circumferential direction) as shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 Circular recess 24. In addition, for convenience, the wafer W is drawn in only one recess 24 in FIG. 4 is a development view in which the turntable 2 is cut along the concentric circle and then expanded laterally. As shown in FIG. 4A, the diameter of the recess 24 is slightly larger than the diameter of the wafer W (for example, 4 mm), and the depth is further The size is set to be equal to the thickness of the wafer W. Therefore, when the wafer W is placed in the concave portion 24, the surface of the wafer W and the surface of the turntable 2 (the region where the wafer W is not placed) are aligned. Since the difference in height between the surface of the wafer W and the surface of the turntable 2 is excessive due to the pressure variation of the step portion, the uniformity of the in-plane thickness of the film can be made uniform, and the surface of the wafer W and the turntable 2 The height of the surface is preferably high. The height of the surface of the wafer W and the surface of the turntable 2 is such that the height is equal to or less than 5 mm, and the height difference between the two surfaces should be as close as possible to the processing accuracy. zero. A through hole (not shown) is formed in the bottom surface of the recessed portion 24. For example, three lifting pins 16 (refer to FIG. 8), which will be described later, extend through the through hole to support the inner surface of the wafer W to lift the wafer W. .

凹部24係用以定位晶圓W,使其不會因迴轉台2之旋轉所產生的離心力而飛出,係相當於本發明之基板載置區域,但是該基板載置區域(晶圓載置區域)非限定為凹部,亦可為例如在迴轉台2表面處沿晶圓W之圓周方向排列有複數個導引晶圓W周緣部的導引組件,抑或於迴轉台2側設置靜電夾持器等夾持器機構來吸附晶圓W之情況,而藉由該吸著而載置有晶圓W的區域即為基板載置區域。The concave portion 24 is for positioning the wafer W so as not to fly out due to the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the turntable 2, and corresponds to the substrate mounting region of the present invention, but the substrate mounting region (wafer mounting region) It is not limited to a concave portion, and may be, for example, a guide member in which a plurality of peripheral portions of the guide wafer W are arranged in the circumferential direction of the wafer W at the surface of the turntable 2, or an electrostatic holder is disposed on the turntable 2 side. When the holder W mechanism adsorbs the wafer W, the region where the wafer W is placed by the suction is the substrate placement region.

如圖2及圖3所示,真空容器1在各自相對於迴轉台2之凹部24所通過區域的上方位置處,係沿真空容器1之圓周方向(迴轉台2之迴轉方向)相互間隔地從中心部呈放射狀延伸出有第1反應氣體噴嘴31、第2反應氣體噴嘴32以及2根分離氣體噴嘴41、42。本範例係以第2反應氣體噴嘴32、分離氣體噴嘴41、第1反應氣體噴嘴31及分離氣體噴嘴42之順序繞順時鐘而排列設置。該等反應氣體噴嘴31、32及分離氣體噴嘴41、42係安裝在例如真空容器1之側周壁處,且其根端部的氣體導入埠31a、32a、41a、42a係貫穿該側壁。As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the vacuum containers 1 are spaced apart from each other in the circumferential direction of the vacuum vessel 1 (the turning direction of the turntable 2) at positions above the regions through which the recesses 24 of the turntable 2 pass. The first reaction gas nozzle 31, the second reaction gas nozzle 32, and the two separation gas nozzles 41 and 42 are radially extended in the center portion. In the present example, the second reaction gas nozzle 32, the separation gas nozzle 41, the first reaction gas nozzle 31, and the separation gas nozzle 42 are arranged in a clockwise manner. The reaction gas nozzles 31 and 32 and the separation gas nozzles 41 and 42 are attached to, for example, the side wall of the vacuum vessel 1, and the gas introduction ports 31a, 32a, 41a, and 42a at the root end portion penetrate the side wall.

圖式所示之範例中,氣體噴嘴31、32、41、42係從真空容器1之周壁部導入至真空容器1內,但亦可係從後述之環狀突出部5導入的結構。此時,可採用在突出部5之外周緣面與頂板11之外表面處設置具有開口的L型導管,於真空容器1內部之L型導管的一側開口係連接至氣體噴嘴31(32、41、42),而於真空容器1外部之L型導管的另側開口則連接至氣體導入埠31a(32a、41a、42a)的結構。In the example shown in the drawings, the gas nozzles 31, 32, 41, and 42 are introduced into the vacuum vessel 1 from the peripheral wall portion of the vacuum vessel 1, but may be introduced from the annular projecting portion 5 to be described later. At this time, an L-shaped conduit having an opening may be provided on the outer peripheral surface of the protruding portion 5 and the outer surface of the top plate 11, and one side opening of the L-shaped conduit inside the vacuum vessel 1 is connected to the gas nozzle 31 (32, 41, 42), the other side opening of the L-shaped duct outside the vacuum vessel 1 is connected to the structure of the gas introduction port 31a (32a, 41a, 42a).

如圖3所示,反應氣體噴嘴31係經由介設有閥門36a及流量調整部37a的氣體供給管31b而連接至儲存有第1反應氣體(BTBAS氣體;二(特丁胺基)矽烷)的第1氣體供給源38a。反應氣體噴嘴32係經由介設有閥門36b及流量調整部37b的氣體供給管32b而連接至儲存有第2反應氣體(O3 氣體;臭氧)的第2氣體供給源38b。又,分離氣體噴嘴41係經由介設有閥門36c及流量調整部37c的氣體供給管41b而連接至儲存有用作分離氣體及非活性氣體的N2 氣體(氮氣)之N2 氣體供給源38c,分離氣體噴嘴42係經由介設有閥門36d及流量調整部37d的氣體供給管42b而連接至該N2 氣體供給源38c。As shown in FIG. 3, the reaction gas nozzle 31 is connected to a first reaction gas (BTBAS gas; bis(tert-butylamino) decane) via a gas supply pipe 31b through which a valve 36a and a flow rate adjusting portion 37a are interposed. The first gas supply source 38a. The reaction gas nozzle 32 is connected to the second gas supply source 38b in which the second reaction gas (O 3 gas; ozone) is stored via the gas supply pipe 32b through which the valve 36b and the flow rate adjustment unit 37b are interposed. Further, the separation gas nozzle 41 is connected to the N 2 gas supply source 38c storing the N 2 gas (nitrogen gas) serving as the separation gas and the inert gas via the gas supply pipe 41b through which the valve 36c and the flow rate adjustment unit 37c are interposed. The separation gas nozzle 42 is connected to the N 2 gas supply source 38c via a gas supply pipe 42b through which a valve 36d and a flow rate adjustment unit 37d are interposed.

反應氣體噴嘴31與閥門36a之間的氣體供給管31b係經由閥門36e及流量調整部37e連接至前述之N2 氣體供給源38c,如後述般地,調整排氣氣體之流量比時,可從該反應氣體噴嘴31將N2 氣體供給至真空容器1內。又,同樣地,反應氣體噴嘴32與閥門36b之間的氣體供給管32b係經由閥門36f及流量調整部37f連接至N2 氣體供給源38c。由該等閥門36a~36f及流量調整部37a~37f來構成氣體供給系統39。The gas supply pipe 31b between the reaction gas nozzle 31 and the valve 36a is connected to the N 2 gas supply source 38c via the valve 36e and the flow rate adjustment unit 37e, and when the flow rate ratio of the exhaust gas is adjusted as described later, The reaction gas nozzle 31 supplies N 2 gas into the vacuum vessel 1 . Further, similarly, the gas supply pipe 32b between the reaction gas nozzle 32 and the valve 36b is connected to the N 2 gas supply source 38c via the valve 36f and the flow rate adjusting portion 37f. The gas supply system 39 is constituted by the valves 36a to 36f and the flow rate adjusting units 37a to 37f.

反應氣體噴嘴31、32係沿噴嘴之長度方向以例如10mm的間隔而排列設置有面向正下方並用以將反應氣體朝下方側噴出之例如孔徑為0.5mm的噴出孔33。又,分離氣體噴嘴41、42係沿長度方向以例如10mm左右的間隔而貫穿設置有面向正下方並用以將分離氣體朝下方側噴出之例如孔徑為0.5mm的噴出孔40。反應氣體噴嘴31、32各自相當於第1反應氣體供給機構及第2反應氣體供給機構,其下方區域則各自成為用以將BTBAS氣體吸附於晶圓W上的第1處理區域91以及用以將O3 氣體吸附於晶圓W上的第2處理區域92。The reaction gas nozzles 31 and 32 are arranged at intervals of, for example, 10 mm in the longitudinal direction of the nozzle, and are provided with discharge holes 33, for example, having a diameter of 0.5 mm, which face downward and are used to eject the reaction gas toward the lower side. Further, the separation gas nozzles 41 and 42 are provided with, for example, a discharge hole 40 having a diameter of 0.5 mm which is disposed directly downward and which discharges the separation gas toward the lower side at intervals of, for example, about 10 mm in the longitudinal direction. Each of the reaction gas nozzles 31 and 32 corresponds to a first reaction gas supply mechanism and a second reaction gas supply mechanism, and a lower region thereof is a first processing region 91 for adsorbing BTBAS gas on the wafer W, and The O 3 gas is adsorbed on the second processing region 92 on the wafer W.

分離氣體噴嘴41、42係用以形成可分離該第1處理區域91與第2處理區域92的分離區域D,該分離區域D處的真空容器1之頂板11如圖2~圖4A、4B所示係設置有俯視形狀呈扇型並朝下方突出的凸狀部4,且該凸狀部4係以迴轉台2之迴轉中心為中心,並朝圓周方向將沿著真空容器1內周緣壁附近所繪出的圓分割所形成的。分離氣體噴嘴41、42係收納在位於該凸狀部4之該圓周方向中央處朝該圓之半徑方向延伸所形成的溝部43內。即,自分離氣體噴嘴41(42)之中心軸至該凸狀部4之扇型兩邊緣(迴轉台2的迴轉方向上游側之邊緣以及下游側之邊緣)的距離係設定為相同長度。The separation gas nozzles 41 and 42 are for forming a separation region D in which the first processing region 91 and the second processing region 92 can be separated, and the top plate 11 of the vacuum vessel 1 at the separation region D is as shown in FIGS. 2 to 4A and 4B. The display portion is provided with a convex portion 4 which is fan-shaped in a plan view and protrudes downward, and the convex portion 4 is centered on the center of rotation of the turntable 2, and is disposed in the circumferential direction along the inner peripheral wall of the vacuum vessel 1 The circle formed by the division is formed. The separation gas nozzles 41 and 42 are housed in the groove portion 43 formed in the center in the circumferential direction of the convex portion 4 and extending in the radial direction of the circle. In other words, the distance from the central axis of the separation gas nozzle 41 (42) to the edge of the fan-shaped portion of the convex portion 4 (the edge on the upstream side in the rotation direction of the turntable 2 and the edge on the downstream side) is set to be the same length.

另外,溝部43於本實施形態中係將凸狀部4二等分而加以形成的,但是於其他實施形態中,例如從溝部43觀之,亦可形成該凸狀部4於迴轉台2之迴轉方向上游側係較該迴轉方向下游側更為寬廣之結構的溝部43。Further, in the present embodiment, the groove portion 43 is formed by dividing the convex portion 4 into two equal parts. However, in another embodiment, for example, the convex portion 4 may be formed on the turntable 2 as viewed from the groove portion 43. The upstream side in the turning direction is a groove portion 43 having a wider structure than the downstream side in the turning direction.

因此,於分離氣體噴嘴41、42之該迴轉方向兩側係具有例如平坦之低頂面44(第1頂面;即該凸狀部4之下方面),且於該頂面44之該迴轉方向兩側係具有較該頂面44更高的頂面45(第2頂面)。該凸狀部4之功能係阻止第1反應氣體及第2反應氣體侵入至其與迴轉台2之間,以形成能阻止該等反應氣體相互混合的狹隘空間(分離空間)。Therefore, both sides of the separation gas nozzles 41, 42 in the direction of rotation have, for example, a flat low top surface 44 (the first top surface; that is, the lower side of the convex portion 4), and the rotation of the top surface 44 The top side of the direction has a top surface 45 (second top surface) higher than the top surface 44. The function of the convex portion 4 prevents the first reaction gas and the second reaction gas from intruding between the first reaction gas and the second reaction gas to form a narrow space (separation space) capable of preventing the reaction gases from mixing with each other.

即,以分離氣體噴嘴41為例,其能阻止來自迴轉台2之迴轉方向上游側的O3 氣體之侵入,又能阻止來自迴轉方向下游側的BTBAS氣體之侵入。所謂「阻止氣體侵入」係指從分離氣體噴嘴41所噴出之分離氣體(N2 氣體)會擴散至第1頂面44與迴轉台2表面之間,本範例中係吹出至鄰接於該第1頂面44的第2頂面45之下方側空間,藉以使得氣體無法自該鄰接空間處侵入。然後,所謂「使得氣體無法侵入」並非僅指其完全無法自鄰接空間進入至凸狀部4之下方側空間之情況,亦指或許多少仍會侵入,但是仍能保持於各自從兩側侵入之O3 氣體及BTBAS氣體不會在凸狀部4內部相互混合的狀態之情況,只要能達到前述作用便可發揮分離區域D之功能,即發揮分離第1處理區域91之氣氛與第2處理區域92之氣氛的分離作用。因此,該狹隘空間之狹隘的程度係設定為能確保狹隘空間(凸狀部4之下方空間)與鄰接於該空間之區域(本範例係指第2頂面45之下方空間)間的壓力差可發揮「使得氣體無法侵入」之作用的大小尺寸,其具體尺寸會依凸狀部4之面積等而有所不同。又,吸附於晶圓W之氣體當然地能通過該分離區域D內部,所謂之阻止氣體侵入係指氣相中的氣體。In other words, the separation gas nozzle 41 can prevent the intrusion of the O 3 gas from the upstream side in the rotation direction of the turntable 2 and prevent the intrusion of the BTBAS gas from the downstream side in the rotation direction. The term "blocking gas intrusion" means that the separated gas (N 2 gas) discharged from the separation gas nozzle 41 is diffused between the first top surface 44 and the surface of the turntable 2, and is blown to the first one in this example. The space below the second top surface 45 of the top surface 44 is such that gas cannot enter from the adjacent space. Then, the phrase "making the gas incapable of invading" does not mean that it is completely incapable of entering the space below the convex portion 4 from the adjacent space, and it means that it may still invade much, but it can still remain intrusion from both sides. When the O 3 gas and the BTBAS gas do not mix with each other inside the convex portion 4, the function of the separation region D can be exhibited as long as the above-described action can be achieved, that is, the atmosphere separating the first processing region 91 and the second processing region are exhibited. The separation of the atmosphere of 92. Therefore, the narrowness of the narrow space is set to ensure a pressure difference between the narrow space (the space below the convex portion 4) and the region adjacent to the space (this example refers to the space below the second top surface 45). The size and size of the action of "the gas cannot be invaded" can be exerted, and the specific size varies depending on the area of the convex portion 4 and the like. Further, the gas adsorbed on the wafer W can of course pass through the inside of the separation region D, and the gas is prevented from intruding into the gas in the gas phase.

本範例中,以直徑300mm的晶圓W作為被處理基板,則此時凸狀部4在位於距迴轉台2之迴轉中心140mm的外周緣側部位(與後述突出部5之邊界部位)處,其圓周方向之長度(迴轉台2之同心圓的圓弧長度)為例如146mm,而在位於晶圓W載置區域(凹部24)最外側的部位處,其圓周方向之長度為例如502mm。另外,如圖4A所示,於該外側部位處,各自位在分離氣體噴嘴41(42)之左右兩側位置處的凸狀部4之圓周方向的長度為L,則長度L為246mm。In this example, when the wafer W having a diameter of 300 mm is used as the substrate to be processed, the convex portion 4 is located at the outer peripheral side portion (the boundary portion of the protruding portion 5 to be described later) located 140 mm from the center of rotation of the turntable 2 at this time. The length in the circumferential direction (the arc length of the concentric circles of the turntable 2) is, for example, 146 mm, and the length in the circumferential direction at the outermost portion of the wafer W mounting region (recess 24) is, for example, 502 mm. Further, as shown in FIG. 4A, at the outer portion, the length of the convex portion 4 at each of the left and right sides of the separation gas nozzle 41 (42) in the circumferential direction is L, and the length L is 246 mm.

又,如圖4A所示,凸狀部4之下方面(即頂面44)距迴轉台2表面之高度h可為例如0.5mm至10mm,約4mm者較佳。此時,迴轉台2之轉速係設定為例如1rpm~500rpm。因此,為了確保分離區域D之分離機能,係對應迴轉台2之轉速的使用範圍等再根據例如實驗等來設定該凸狀部4的大小以及凸狀部4下方面(第1頂面44)與迴轉台2表面之間的高度h。另外,分離氣體不限定於氮氣(N2 )而可使用氬氣(Ar)等非活性氣體等,但亦不限定於該等氣體而可使用氫氣(H2 )等,只要是不會影響成膜處理的氣體,對於氣體之種類並無特別限制。又,用於流量調整的氣體不限定於前述N2 氣體等非活性氣體,同樣地只要是不會影響成膜處理的氣體即可。本範例係將N2 氣體來用作分離氣體及非活性氣體,故無需如後述般在開始成膜處理時進行非活性氣體的切換,但亦可使用相異之氣體來作為該等分離氣體及非活性氣體。Further, as shown in Fig. 4A, the height h of the lower side of the convex portion 4 (i.e., the top surface 44) from the surface of the turntable 2 may be, for example, 0.5 mm to 10 mm, preferably about 4 mm. At this time, the rotation speed of the turntable 2 is set to, for example, 1 rpm to 500 rpm. Therefore, in order to ensure the separation function of the separation area D, the size of the convex portion 4 and the lower portion of the convex portion 4 (the first top surface 44) are set according to, for example, an experiment or the like in accordance with the use range of the rotational speed of the turntable 2 or the like. The height h between the surface of the turntable 2. Further, the separation gas is not limited to nitrogen (N 2 ), and an inert gas such as argon (Ar) may be used. However, it is not limited to these gases, and hydrogen (H 2 ) or the like may be used as long as it does not affect the formation. The gas to be treated by the membrane is not particularly limited in the kind of the gas. Further, the gas used for the flow rate adjustment is not limited to the inert gas such as the N 2 gas, and the gas may be a gas that does not affect the film formation process. In this example, since N 2 gas is used as the separation gas and the inert gas, it is not necessary to switch the inert gas at the start of the film formation process as described later, but a different gas may be used as the separation gas and Inactive gas.

另一方面,沿該軸心部21之外周緣而於頂板11之下方面設置有突出部5以使其面向該迴轉台2之軸心部21更靠外周緣側的部位。該突出部5與凸狀部4之迴轉台2迴轉中心側的部位係連續形成的,且其下方面係與凸狀部4下方面(頂面44)形成為相同的高度。圖2及圖3係從較該頂面45更低且較分離氣體噴嘴41、42更高的位置處將頂板11沿水平切斷的圖式。另外,突出部5與凸狀部4並未限定一定要形成一體,亦可為各別之個體。On the other hand, a protruding portion 5 is provided along the outer periphery of the axial center portion 21 below the top plate 11 so as to face the axial center portion 21 of the turntable 2 on the outer peripheral side. The protruding portion 5 and the portion on the center of rotation of the turntable 2 of the convex portion 4 are continuously formed, and the lower portion thereof is formed at the same height as the lower portion (top surface 44) of the convex portion 4. 2 and 3 are diagrams of cutting the top plate 11 horizontally from a position lower than the top surface 45 and higher than the separation gas nozzles 41, 42. In addition, the protruding portion 5 and the convex portion 4 are not necessarily limited to be integrated, and may be individual individuals.

關於凸狀部4及分離氣體噴嘴41(42)之組合結構的製作方法,並非限定為在成為凸狀部4的1片扇型板的中央處形成溝部43,再於該溝部43內設置分離氣體噴嘴41(42)的結構,亦可使用2片扇型板並藉由螺絲鎖固等方式將其固定在頂板11下方面之分離氣體噴嘴41(42)兩側位置處的結構。The method of manufacturing the combined structure of the convex portion 4 and the separation gas nozzle 41 (42) is not limited to the formation of the groove portion 43 at the center of one of the fan-shaped plates that are the convex portions 4, and the separation portion is provided in the groove portion 43. The structure of the gas nozzle 41 (42) may be a structure in which two fan-shaped plates are used and fixed to the both sides of the separation gas nozzle 41 (42) in the lower side of the top plate 11 by screwing or the like.

真空容器1之頂板11的下方面,即從迴轉台2之晶圓載置區域(凹部24)所見之頂面處,如前述般地沿其圓周方向具有第1頂面44以及高度較該頂面44更高的第2頂面45,圖1係設置有較高之頂面45之區域的縱剖面,圖5係設置有較低之頂面44之區域的縱剖面。扇型凸狀部4之周緣部(真空容器1之外緣側部位)如圖2及圖5所示地形成有面向迴轉台2之外端面且彎曲呈L型的彎曲部46。扇型凸狀部4係設置於頂板11側,且可從容器本體12拆下之結構,因此該彎曲部46之外周緣面與容器本體12之間具有微小之間隙。與凸狀部4相同地,該彎曲部46係以預防反應氣體自兩側侵入並防止兩反應氣體相互混合為目的而設置的,彎曲部46的內周緣面與迴轉台2的外端面之間的間隙、以及彎曲部46的外周緣面與容器本體12之間的間隙尺寸係設定為與面向迴轉台2表面之頂面44的高度h相同。本範例中,從迴轉台2之表面側區域觀之,彎曲部46之內周緣面係構成了真空容器1之內周緣壁。The lower surface of the top plate 11 of the vacuum vessel 1, that is, the top surface seen from the wafer mounting region (recess 24) of the turntable 2, has a first top surface 44 along its circumferential direction and a height higher than the top surface as described above. 44 is a higher second top surface 45, Fig. 1 is a longitudinal section provided with a region of the upper top surface 45, and Fig. 5 is a longitudinal section provided with a region of the lower top surface 44. As shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, a peripheral portion of the fan-shaped convex portion 4 (a portion on the outer edge side of the vacuum vessel 1) is formed with a curved portion 46 that faces the outer end surface of the turntable 2 and is bent in an L shape. The fan-shaped convex portion 4 is provided on the side of the top plate 11 and can be detached from the container body 12, so that the outer peripheral surface of the curved portion 46 has a slight gap with the container body 12. Similarly to the convex portion 4, the curved portion 46 is provided for the purpose of preventing the reaction gas from intruding from both sides and preventing the two reaction gases from mixing with each other, and between the inner peripheral surface of the curved portion 46 and the outer end surface of the turntable 2 The gap and the gap between the outer peripheral surface of the curved portion 46 and the container body 12 are set to be the same as the height h of the top surface 44 facing the surface of the turntable 2. In the present example, the inner peripheral surface of the curved portion 46 constitutes the inner peripheral wall of the vacuum vessel 1 as viewed from the surface side region of the turntable 2.

於分離區域D處,容器本體12之內周緣壁係如圖5所示般地接近至該彎曲部46之外周緣面而形成一垂直面,但是於分離區域D以外的部位,如圖1所示,從例如面向迴轉台2外端面的部位橫越至底面部14而切割成縱剖面形狀為矩形之朝外方側凹陷的構造。於該凹陷部位處,連通至前述第1處理區域91及第2處理區域92的區域係各自稱為第1排氣區域E1及第2排氣區域E2,且該等第1排氣區域E1及第2排氣區域E2的底部係如圖1及圖3所示地各自形成有第1排氣口61及第2排氣口62。In the separation region D, the inner peripheral wall of the container body 12 is close to the outer peripheral surface of the curved portion 46 as shown in FIG. 5 to form a vertical surface, but the portion other than the separation region D is as shown in FIG. For example, the portion facing the outer end surface of the turntable 2 is traversed to the bottom surface portion 14 and cut into a structure in which the longitudinal cross-sectional shape is rectangular and the outer side is recessed. In the recessed portion, the regions that communicate with the first processing region 91 and the second processing region 92 are referred to as a first exhaust region E1 and a second exhaust region E2, respectively, and the first exhaust regions E1 and The first exhaust port 61 and the second exhaust port 62 are formed in the bottom portion of the second exhaust region E2 as shown in FIGS. 1 and 3 .

如前述圖1所示,第1排氣口61係經由介設有第1閥門65a的第1排氣通道63a而連接至第1真空排氣機構(例如真空泵64a)。該第1閥門65a係可改變其開口程度的例如APC(Auto Pressure Controller)等,並為可對應該閥門65a之開口程度來調整流通於該第1排氣通道63a內之氣體流量的結構。位於該第1閥門65a之上游側(真空容器1側)與下游側(真空泵64a側)的第1排氣通道63a係各自介設有由壓力計等所組成的第1處理壓力檢測機構66a及第1壓力檢測機構67a。第1處理壓力檢測機構66a係用以檢測第1閥門65a上游側之真空容器1內的壓力,第1壓力檢測機構67a則係用以檢測第1閥門65a與真空泵64a之間的壓力。藉由後述之控制部80,根據該等第1處理壓力檢測機構66a及第1壓力檢測機構67a所檢測出的壓力檢測值之差(壓差),而使用例如伯努利定律等來進行計算,並考量第1排氣通道63a與第1閥門65a之壓降損失以計算出流通於該第1排氣通道63a內(第1閥門65a)之氣體流量。As shown in FIG. 1 described above, the first exhaust port 61 is connected to the first vacuum exhaust mechanism (for example, the vacuum pump 64a) via the first exhaust passage 63a through which the first valve 65a is placed. The first valve 65a is, for example, an APC (Auto Pressure Controller) or the like which can change the degree of opening thereof, and is configured to adjust the flow rate of the gas flowing through the first exhaust passage 63a in accordance with the degree of opening of the valve 65a. The first exhaust gas passage 63a located on the upstream side (the vacuum vessel 1 side) and the downstream side (the vacuum pump 64a side) of the first valve 65a is provided with a first processing pressure detecting means 66a composed of a pressure gauge or the like. The first pressure detecting mechanism 67a. The first processing pressure detecting means 66a is for detecting the pressure in the vacuum chamber 1 on the upstream side of the first valve 65a, and the first pressure detecting means 67a is for detecting the pressure between the first valve 65a and the vacuum pump 64a. The control unit 80, which will be described later, calculates the difference (pressure difference) between the pressure detection values detected by the first processing pressure detecting means 66a and the first pressure detecting means 67a using, for example, Bernoulli's law. The pressure drop loss of the first exhaust passage 63a and the first valve 65a is considered to calculate the gas flow rate flowing through the first exhaust passage 63a (the first valve 65a).

又,關於前述第2排氣口62亦同樣地係經由介設有第2閥門65b的第2排氣通道63b而連接至第2真空排氣機構(例如真空泵64b)。與前述第1閥門65a相同地,該第2閥門65b亦係由APC等所組成,可對應該閥門65b之開口程度來調整流通於該第2排氣通道63b內之氣體流量。位於該第2閥門65b之上游側與下游側的第2排氣通道63b係各自介設有由壓力計等所組成的第2處理壓力檢測機構66b及第2壓力檢測機構67b。第2處理壓力檢測機構66b及第2壓力檢測機構67b係各自用以檢測真空容器1內的壓力及第2閥門65b下游側的壓力。同樣地藉由控制部80,根據該等第2處理壓力檢測機構66b及第2壓力檢測機構67b所檢測出的壓力之差,以計算出流通於該第2排氣通道63b內(第2閥門65b)之氣體流量。以下,方便起見,前述第1閥門65a及第2閥門65b亦可各自稱作閥門M(master)及閥門S(slave)。Further, the second exhaust port 62 is similarly connected to the second vacuum exhaust mechanism (for example, the vacuum pump 64b) via the second exhaust passage 63b through which the second valve 65b is interposed. Similarly to the first valve 65a, the second valve 65b is also composed of APC or the like, and the flow rate of the gas flowing through the second exhaust passage 63b can be adjusted in accordance with the degree of opening of the valve 65b. Each of the second exhaust passages 63b located on the upstream side and the downstream side of the second valve 65b is provided with a second processing pressure detecting means 66b and a second pressure detecting means 67b each composed of a pressure gauge or the like. The second processing pressure detecting means 66b and the second pressure detecting means 67b are each for detecting the pressure in the vacuum chamber 1 and the pressure on the downstream side of the second valve 65b. Similarly, the control unit 80 calculates the difference between the pressures detected by the second processing pressure detecting means 66b and the second pressure detecting means 67b, and flows through the second exhaust passage 63b (the second valve). 65b) Gas flow. Hereinafter, for convenience, the first valve 65a and the second valve 65b may be referred to as a valve M (master) and a valve S (slave), respectively.

如前述般,以俯視觀之,該等排氣口61、62係設置於該分離區域D之迴轉方向兩側,以讓分離區域D確實發揮其分離作用,詳細說明,從迴轉台2之迴轉中心觀之,在第1處理區域91以及鄰接於該第1處理區域91之例如迴轉方向下游側的分離區域D之間處係形成有第1排氣口61,從迴轉台2之迴轉中心觀之,在第2處理區域92以及鄰接於該第2處理區域92之例如迴轉方向下游側的分離區域D之間處則形成有第2排氣口62,其各自專門用來進行各反應氣體(BTBAS氣體及O3 氣體)之排氣。本範例中,一排氣口61係設置於第1反應氣體噴嘴31與鄰接於該反應氣體噴嘴31之該迴轉方向下游側的分離區域D之第1反應氣體噴嘴31一側邊緣的延長線之間處,又,另一排氣口62則設置於第2反應氣體噴嘴32與鄰接於該反應氣體噴嘴32之該迴轉方向下游側的分離區域D之第2反應氣體噴嘴32一側邊緣的延長線之間處。亦即,第1排氣口61係設置於圖3中一點鏈線所示的迴轉台2中心與第1處理區域91所連通之直線L1、以及迴轉台2中心與鄰接於該第1處理區域91下游側之分離區域D的上游側邊緣所連通的直線L2之間處,而第2排氣口62係設置於圖3中二點鏈線所示的迴轉台2中心與第2處理區域92所連通之直線L3、以及迴轉台2中心與鄰接於該第2處理區域92下游側之分離區域D的上游側邊緣所連通的直線L4之間處。As described above, in a plan view, the exhaust ports 61, 62 are disposed on both sides of the rotation direction of the separation region D, so that the separation region D surely exerts its separation function, and the rotation from the turntable 2 is explained in detail. In the center, the first exhaust port 61 is formed between the first processing region 91 and the separation region D adjacent to the first processing region 91, for example, on the downstream side in the rotation direction, and the center of rotation from the turntable 2 is viewed. A second exhaust port 62 is formed between the second processing region 92 and the separation region D adjacent to the second processing region 92, for example, on the downstream side in the rotation direction, and each of them is exclusively used for performing each reaction gas ( Exhaust of BTBAS gas and O 3 gas). In the present example, an exhaust port 61 is provided in an extension line of the first reaction gas nozzle 31 and the edge of the first reaction gas nozzle 31 adjacent to the separation region D on the downstream side in the rotation direction of the reaction gas nozzle 31. Further, the other exhaust port 62 is provided in the extension of the second reaction gas nozzle 32 and the edge of the second reaction gas nozzle 32 adjacent to the separation region D on the downstream side in the rotation direction of the reaction gas nozzle 32. Between the lines. In other words, the first exhaust port 61 is provided on a straight line L1 that communicates with the first processing region 91 at the center of the turntable 2 shown by the one-dot chain line in FIG. 3, and the center of the turntable 2 is adjacent to the first processing region. 91 is located between the straight line L2 where the upstream side edge of the separation region D on the downstream side communicates, and the second exhaust port 62 is provided at the center of the turntable 2 and the second processing region 92 shown by the two-dot chain line in FIG. The line L3 that is connected and the center of the turntable 2 are located between a line L4 that is continuous with the upstream side edge of the separation area D on the downstream side of the second processing area 92.

另外,前述第1處理壓力檢測機構66a及第2處理壓力檢測機構66b所測得之壓力係幾乎相同,因此亦可使用第1處理壓力檢測機構66a及第2處理壓力檢測機構66b中任一者的壓力檢測值,來作為計算第1排氣通道63a及第2排氣通道63b中各氣體之流量所使用的閥門65a、65b之上游側的壓力值。又,閥門65a、65b之上游側的排氣通道63a、63b之壓力與真空容器1內之壓力幾乎相等,因此亦可使用於真空容器1內額外設置的壓力檢測機構之壓力檢測值來代替處理壓力檢測機構66a、66b之壓力檢測值,以作為計算該氣體流量所使用的壓力值。Further, since the pressures measured by the first processing pressure detecting means 66a and the second processing pressure detecting means 66b are almost the same, any of the first processing pressure detecting means 66a and the second processing pressure detecting means 66b may be used. The pressure detection value is used as a pressure value on the upstream side of the valves 65a and 65b used for calculating the flow rates of the respective gases in the first exhaust passage 63a and the second exhaust passage 63b. Further, the pressures of the exhaust passages 63a, 63b on the upstream side of the valves 65a, 65b are almost equal to the pressures in the vacuum vessel 1, and therefore the pressure detection value of the pressure detecting means additionally provided in the vacuum vessel 1 can be used instead of the treatment. The pressure detection values of the pressure detecting mechanisms 66a, 66b are used as pressure values for calculating the gas flow rate.

又,排氣口的設置個數不限定為2個,亦可於例如包含有分離氣體噴嘴42的分離區域D以及鄰接於該分離區域D之該迴轉方向下游側的第2反應氣體噴嘴32之間追加設置一排氣口而總共為3個,或亦可為4個以上。本範例之排氣口61、62係設置於較迴轉台2更低位置處,藉以從真空容器1內周緣壁與迴轉台2周緣之間的間隙處進行排氣,但並非限定要設置在真空容器1之底面部,亦可設置於真空容器1之側壁。又,將排氣口61、62設置於真空容器1之側壁的情況,亦可設置於較迴轉台2更高位置處。相較於從面向迴轉台2之頂面處進行排氣之情況,如前述般設置之排氣口61、62可使得迴轉台2上的氣體係流向迴轉台2之外緣側,就可抑制揚起微粒之觀點來看本發明係有利的。Further, the number of the exhaust ports to be provided is not limited to two, and may be, for example, a separation region D including the separation gas nozzle 42 and a second reaction gas nozzle 32 adjacent to the downstream side of the separation region D in the rotation direction. A total of three exhaust ports are provided, or a total of three or more may be provided. The exhaust ports 61, 62 of the present example are disposed at a lower position than the turntable 2, thereby exhausting from a gap between the inner peripheral wall of the vacuum vessel 1 and the periphery of the turntable 2, but is not limited to being disposed in a vacuum. The bottom surface of the container 1 may also be disposed on the side wall of the vacuum vessel 1. Further, when the exhaust ports 61 and 62 are provided on the side wall of the vacuum container 1, they may be provided at a higher position than the turntable 2. Compared with the case where the exhaust is performed from the top surface facing the turntable 2, the exhaust ports 61, 62 provided as described above can cause the gas system on the turntable 2 to flow toward the outer edge side of the turntable 2, thereby suppressing The invention is advantageous from the standpoint of raising particles.

該迴轉台2與真空容器1底面部14之間的空間如圖1及圖6所示般地設置有作為加熱機構的加熱器單元7,而可透過迴轉台2來將迴轉台2上之晶圓W加熱至該製程之製程條件所決定的溫度。於該迴轉台2周緣附近的下方側係圍繞加熱器單元7之整體周緣而設置有遮蔽組件71,以將迴轉台2上方空間乃至排氣區域E的氣氛與置放有該加熱器單元7的氣氛加以區分。該遮蔽組件71之上緣係朝外側彎曲而形成凸緣形狀,能縮小該彎曲面與迴轉台2下方面之間的間隙,以抑制氣體從外側侵入至遮蔽組件71內。The space between the turntable 2 and the bottom surface portion 14 of the vacuum vessel 1 is provided with a heater unit 7 as a heating means as shown in Figs. 1 and 6, and the crystal on the turntable 2 can be transmitted through the turntable 2. The circle W is heated to a temperature determined by the process conditions of the process. A shielding unit 71 is disposed around the entire circumference of the heater unit 7 on the lower side near the periphery of the turntable 2 to surround the atmosphere above the turntable 2 and even the exhaust area E with the heater unit 7 The atmosphere is divided. The upper edge of the shielding unit 71 is bent outward to form a flange shape, and the gap between the curved surface and the lower side of the turntable 2 can be narrowed to suppress gas from entering the shield assembly 71 from the outside.

於迴轉台2之下方面的中心部附近,位於較設置有加熱器單元7之空間更靠近迴轉中心的底面部14部位係接近至軸心部21而於其之間形成狹窄空間,又,關於貫穿該底面部14之迴轉軸22的貫通孔,其內周緣面與迴轉軸22之間隙亦為狹窄的,且該等狹窄空間係連通至該殼體20內。然後,該殼體20係設置有將沖洗氣體(N2 氣體)供給至該狹窄空間內以進行沖洗用的沖洗氣體供給管72。又,於加熱器單元7之下方側位置處,真空容器1之底面部14係於圓周方向的複數位置處設置有用以沖洗加熱器單元7之設置空間的沖洗氣體供給管73。In the vicinity of the center portion of the lower side of the turntable 2, the portion of the bottom surface portion 14 located closer to the center of rotation than the space in which the heater unit 7 is disposed is close to the axial center portion 21 to form a narrow space therebetween, and The through hole that penetrates the rotary shaft 22 of the bottom surface portion 14 has a narrow gap between the inner peripheral surface and the rotary shaft 22, and the narrow spaces communicate with the casing 20. Then, the casing 20 is provided with a flushing gas supply pipe 72 for supplying a flushing gas (N 2 gas) into the narrow space for flushing. Further, at the lower side of the heater unit 7, the bottom surface portion 14 of the vacuum vessel 1 is provided with a flushing gas supply pipe 73 for rinsing the installation space of the heater unit 7 at a plurality of positions in the circumferential direction.

藉由設置前述之沖洗氣體供給管72、73,如圖7中沖洗氣體之流動箭號所示,以N2 氣體來沖洗該殼體20內乃至加熱器單元7之設置空間為止的空間,該沖洗氣體係從迴轉台2與遮蔽組件71之間的間隙並經由排氣區域E而排出至排氣口61、62。藉此可防止BTBAS氣體或O3 氣體從前述第1處理區域91與第2處理區域92中任一側經由迴轉台2下方而流入另一側,因此該沖洗氣體可達到分離氣體之功用。By providing the above-described flushing gas supply pipes 72, 73, as shown by the flow arrows of the flushing gas in FIG. 7, the space in the casing 20 or the installation space of the heater unit 7 is flushed with N 2 gas, which The flushing gas system is discharged from the gap between the turntable 2 and the shield assembly 71 to the exhaust ports 61, 62 via the exhaust region E. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the BTBAS gas or the O 3 gas from flowing from the lower side of the turntable 2 to the other side from either of the first processing region 91 and the second processing region 92, so that the flushing gas can achieve the function of separating the gas.

又,真空容器1之頂板11的中心部係連接有分離氣體供給管51,以將分離氣體(N2 氣體)供給至頂板11與軸心部21之間的空間52。供給至該空間52的分離氣體係經由突出部5與迴轉台2之狹窄間隙50並沿著迴轉台2之晶圓載置區域一側的表面而朝周緣處噴出。由於該突出部5所圍繞的空間充滿了分離氣體,故可防止反應氣體(BTBAS氣體或O3 氣體)經由第1處理區域91與第2處理區域92之間的迴轉台2中心部而相互混合。亦即,該成膜裝置係具備有由迴轉台2之迴轉中心部與真空容器1所劃分形成而用以分離第1處理區域91與第2處理區域92之氣氛的中心部區域C,其中該中心部區域C係沿該迴轉方向形成有當被分離氣體沖洗的同時,會將分離氣體噴出至該迴轉台2表面的噴出口。另外,此處所述之噴出口係相當於該突出部5與迴轉台2之狹窄間隙50。Further, a separation gas supply pipe 51 is connected to the center portion of the top plate 11 of the vacuum vessel 1 to supply a separation gas (N 2 gas) to the space 52 between the top plate 11 and the axial center portion 21. The separation gas system supplied to the space 52 is ejected toward the periphery along the narrow gap 50 between the protruding portion 5 and the turntable 2 along the surface on the wafer mounting region side of the turntable 2. Since the space surrounded by the protruding portion 5 is filled with the separation gas, it is possible to prevent the reaction gas (BTBAS gas or O 3 gas) from being mixed with each other via the center portion of the turntable 2 between the first processing region 91 and the second processing region 92. . In other words, the film forming apparatus includes a central portion region C formed by dividing the center of rotation of the turntable 2 from the vacuum chamber 1 to separate the atmospheres of the first processing region 91 and the second processing region 92, wherein The center portion region C is formed with a discharge port that ejects the separation gas to the surface of the turntable 2 while being flushed by the separation gas in the rotation direction. Further, the discharge port described here corresponds to the narrow gap 50 between the protruding portion 5 and the turntable 2.

再者,如圖2、圖3及圖8所示,真空容器1之側壁係形成有於外部搬送手臂10與迴轉台2之間進行晶圓W傳遞用的搬送口15,該搬送口15可藉由圖中未顯示之閘閥來進行開閉。又,迴轉台2之晶圓載置區域(凹部24)係於面向該搬送口15的位置處與搬送手臂10之間進行晶圓W傳遞,因此在迴轉台2之下方側對應於該傳遞位置的部位,設置有貫穿凹部24以從內面處將晶圓W抬起的傳遞用昇降銷16之昇降機構(圖中未顯示)。Further, as shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3 and FIG. 8, the side wall of the vacuum container 1 is formed with a transfer port 15 for transferring the wafer W between the external transfer arm 10 and the turntable 2, and the transfer port 15 is Opening and closing is performed by a gate valve not shown in the drawing. Further, since the wafer mounting region (recess 24) of the turntable 2 transfers the wafer W to and from the transfer arm 10 at the position facing the transfer port 15, the lower side of the turntable 2 corresponds to the transfer position. The portion is provided with an elevating mechanism (not shown) that passes through the concave portion 24 to lift the wafer W from the inner surface.

又,如圖9所示,該成膜裝置具備有由電腦所組成之用以控制裝置整體之動作的控制部80。該控制部80具備有CPU81、記憶體82、處理程式83、工作記憶體84及計時器86。該記憶體82係於每個製程條件皆設置了寫入有自前述第1反應氣體噴嘴31所供給之BTBAS氣體的流量Va、自第2反應氣體噴嘴32所供給之O3 氣體的流量Vb、處理壓力P、自第1排氣通道63a及第2排氣通道63b排出之氣體的流量比F(流通於第2排氣通道63b之氣體流量/流通於第1排氣通道63a之氣體流量)等處理條件的區域。該氣體之流量比F係使得在穩定狀態下,於第1處理區域91、第2處理區域92處所供給至晶圓W的氣流能讓晶圓W面內及面之間達固定化(穩定化)所設定之數值。具體說明,其所設定之數值係能讓處理溫度與處理壓力等穩定地維持於製程條件所對應之數值,又能讓自第1排氣通道63a及第2排氣通道63b所排出之氣體流量維持在相對於自第1反應氣體噴嘴31及第2反應氣體噴嘴32所供給之氣體(更詳細說明亦包含作為沖洗氣體所供給之N2 氣體)的流量。Further, as shown in FIG. 9, the film forming apparatus includes a control unit 80 composed of a computer for controlling the overall operation of the apparatus. The control unit 80 includes a CPU 81, a memory 82, a processing program 83, a working memory 84, and a timer 86. In the memory 82, the flow rate Va of the BTBAS gas supplied from the first reaction gas nozzle 31 and the flow rate Vb of the O 3 gas supplied from the second reaction gas nozzle 32 are set for each process condition. The processing pressure P and the flow rate ratio F of the gas discharged from the first exhaust passage 63a and the second exhaust passage 63b (the flow rate of the gas flowing through the second exhaust passage 63b / the flow rate of the gas flowing through the first exhaust passage 63a) The area where the condition is processed. The gas flow rate ratio F is such that in the steady state, the gas flow supplied to the wafer W in the first processing region 91 and the second processing region 92 can be fixed in the in-plane and surface of the wafer W (stabilization) ) The value set. Specifically, the numerical values set are such that the processing temperature and the processing pressure are stably maintained at values corresponding to the process conditions, and the gas flows from the first exhaust passage 63a and the second exhaust passage 63b can be made. The flow rate of the gas supplied from the first reaction gas nozzle 31 and the second reaction gas nozzle 32 (including the N 2 gas supplied as the flushing gas in more detail) is maintained.

處理程式83係記載有將寫入在該記憶體82的製程條件讀取至工作記憶體84,根據該製程條件將控制訊號傳送至成膜裝置的各部位,並藉由實施後述各步驟以進行晶圓W處理的命令。簡要說明使用該處理程式83所進行的處理,該處理程式83係記載有下述命令:在供給BTBAS氣體與O3 氣體之前(進行成膜處理之前),將處理溫度設定至例如從製程條件所讀出的設定值;接著,將處理中所供給之氣體總流量相同流量的N2 氣體供給至真空容器1內,根據第1處理壓力檢測機構66a(66b)及壓力檢測機構67所得各壓力檢測值來調整第1閥門65a之開口程度及第2閥門65b之開口程度,使得此狀態下自第1排氣通道63a及第2排氣通道63b所排出之氣體的流量比F以及真空容器1內之壓力(真空度)P能達到其設定值,待供給至晶圓W的氣流穩定化之後(形成穩定狀態後),供給BTBAS氣體與O3 氣體以進行後述的成膜處理。如前述地調整排氣氣體之流量比F及真空容器1內之壓力P時,進行藉由第1閥門65a來調整真空容器1內之壓力P的第1步驟,其次進行藉由第2閥門65b來調整排氣氣體之流量比F的第2步驟,接著如同再度進行第1步驟般,反覆地藉由該等閥門65來調整真空容器1內之壓力P及排氣氣體之流量比F直到經過特定時間(次數)(具體步驟容後詳述)。另外,雖然本範例係說明了當各製程條件具有相異之排氣氣體的流量比F之情況,但亦可使各製程條件具有共通之排氣氣體的流量比F。The processing program 83 describes that the processing conditions written in the memory 82 are read to the working memory 84, and the control signals are transmitted to the respective portions of the film forming apparatus according to the processing conditions, and are performed by performing the steps described later. Wafer W processing commands. The processing performed by the processing program 83, which describes the processing of the processing temperature to, for example, the process conditions, is described before the supply of the BTBAS gas and the O 3 gas (before the film formation process is performed). Next, the N 2 gas having the same flow rate of the total gas supplied in the process is supplied to the vacuum container 1 and the respective pressures are detected by the first process pressure detecting means 66a (66b) and the pressure detecting means 67. The value of the opening of the first valve 65a and the degree of opening of the second valve 65b are adjusted so that the flow rate ratio F of the gas discharged from the first exhaust passage 63a and the second exhaust passage 63b in this state and the inside of the vacuum vessel 1 are adjusted. The pressure (vacuum degree) P can reach the set value, and after the gas flow to be supplied to the wafer W is stabilized (after the steady state is formed), the BTBAS gas and the O 3 gas are supplied to perform a film forming process to be described later. When the flow rate ratio F of the exhaust gas and the pressure P in the vacuum vessel 1 are adjusted as described above, the first step of adjusting the pressure P in the vacuum vessel 1 by the first valve 65a is performed, and the second valve 65b is performed next. The second step of adjusting the flow ratio F of the exhaust gas, and then repeating the first step, the pressure P of the vacuum vessel 1 and the flow ratio F of the exhaust gas are repeatedly adjusted by the valves 65 until the passage Specific time (number of times) (specific steps are detailed later). In addition, although this example illustrates the case where the flow rate ratio F of the exhaust gas is different for each process condition, it is also possible to have a common flow ratio F of the exhaust gas for each process condition.

計時器86係用以設定藉由該處理程式83來調整閥門65的重覆時間(回數),例如該重覆時間可為自動設定者,抑或例如由作業員來對例如各製程條件各自地設定其重覆時間。The timer 86 is used to set the repetition time (return number) of the valve 65 by the processing program 83. For example, the repetition time may be an automatic setting, or may be performed by, for example, an operator, for example, each process condition. Set its repeat time.

該處理程式83係可從硬碟、光碟、磁光碟(MO),記憶卡、軟碟等記憶體(記憶部85)安裝至控制部80內。The processing program 83 can be mounted in the control unit 80 from a memory (memory portion 85) such as a hard disk, a compact disk, a magneto-optical disk (MO), a memory card, or a floppy disk.

其次,參考圖10~圖15來說明前述實施形態的作用。首先,從記憶體82讀出製程條件,再開啟圖中未顯示的閘閥,使用搬送手臂10並經由搬送口15而從外部將晶圓W傳遞至迴轉台2之凹部24內(步驟S11)。其中,當凹部24停止於面向搬送口15的位置時,係使得昇降銷16從真空容器1之底部側如圖8所示地穿過凹部24底面的貫通孔而昇降以進行該傳遞。間歇性地旋轉該迴轉台2以進行前述晶圓W之傳遞,而將晶圓W各自載置於迴轉台2的5個凹部24內。接著,以進行成膜處理時相同的轉速順時鐘地旋轉迴轉台2(步驟S12),並依下列說明,於步驟S13(步驟S21~步驟S28)中進行真空容器1內之壓力P的調整與排氣氣體之流量比F的調整。Next, the action of the above embodiment will be described with reference to Figs. 10 to 15 . First, the process conditions are read from the memory 82, the gate valve not shown in the figure is opened, and the wafer arm W is transferred from the outside to the concave portion 24 of the turntable 2 via the transfer port 15 using the transfer arm 10 (step S11). Here, when the concave portion 24 is stopped at the position facing the conveyance port 15, the lift pin 16 is lifted and lowered from the bottom side of the vacuum container 1 through the through hole of the bottom surface of the concave portion 24 as shown in FIG. 8 to perform the transfer. The turntable 2 is intermittently rotated to transfer the wafer W, and the wafers W are each placed in the five recesses 24 of the turntable 2. Next, the turntable 2 is rotated clockwise at the same rotation speed as in the film forming process (step S12), and the pressure P in the vacuum vessel 1 is adjusted in step S13 (steps S21 to S28) in accordance with the following description. The flow rate of the exhaust gas is adjusted by the F ratio.

首先,使第1閥門65a及第2閥門65b全開而將真空容器1內抽真空,並藉由加熱器單元7以將晶圓W加熱至設定溫度(例如300℃)(步驟S21)。詳細說明,預先藉由加熱器單元7來將迴轉台2加熱至例如300℃,並藉由將晶圓W載置於迴轉台2以使其如前述般地被加熱至該設定溫度。然後,將後述成膜中供給至真空容器1內之氣體總流量之相同流量的N2 氣體供給至真空容器1內。此時,如圖12A所示,從分離氣體噴嘴41、42各自供給例如20000sccm、20000sccm之N2 氣體的同時,亦從第1反應氣體噴嘴31及第2反應氣體噴嘴32各自供給例如100sccm、10000sccm的N2 氣體,藉以從噴嘴31、32、41、42來供給等同於成膜中之氣體分量。又,亦從分離氣體供給管51及沖洗氣體供給管72將特定流量之N2 氣體供給至中心部區域C及前述之狹窄空間內。再者,將壓力設定值設定為P1例如1067Pa(8Torr)、流量比設定值設定為F1例如1.5以符合製程條件之設定值(步驟S22)。其次,調整計時器86並將其設定為重覆後述步驟S24~步驟27的時間t1(步驟S23)。First, the first valve 65a and the second valve 65b are fully opened, and the inside of the vacuum vessel 1 is evacuated, and the heater W is heated by the heater unit 7 to a set temperature (for example, 300 ° C) (step S21). In detail, the turntable 2 is heated to, for example, 300 ° C by the heater unit 7 in advance, and the wafer W is placed on the turntable 2 to be heated to the set temperature as described above. Then, N 2 gas having the same flow rate of the total gas flow rate supplied to the inside of the vacuum vessel 1 in the film formation described later is supplied into the vacuum vessel 1. At this time, as shown in FIG. 12A, N 2 gas of, for example, 20,000 sccm and 20,000 sccm is supplied from each of the separation gas nozzles 41 and 42, and, for example, 100 sccm and 10000 sccm are supplied from the first reaction gas nozzle 31 and the second reaction gas nozzle 32, respectively. The N 2 gas is supplied from the nozzles 31, 32, 41, 42 to be equivalent to the gas component in the film formation. Further, N 2 gas having a specific flow rate is supplied from the separation gas supply pipe 51 and the flushing gas supply pipe 72 to the center portion region C and the aforementioned narrow space. Further, the pressure set value is set to P1, for example, 1067 Pa (8 Torr), and the flow rate ratio set value is set to F1, for example, 1.5 to satisfy the set value of the process condition (step S22). Next, the timer 86 is adjusted and set to repeat the time t1 of the steps S24 to S27 described later (step S23).

其次,如圖13所示,調整第1閥門65a之開口程度(A1)以使得真空容器1內之壓力P達到其壓力設定值P1為例如1067Pa(8Torr)(步驟S24)。具體說明,將第1閥門65a之開口程度減小以使得流通於第1排氣通道63a的氣體流量減少。接著,根據此時第1閥門65a上游側之壓力與下游側之壓力(閥門前後)的壓力差(ΔPa1)以及第2閥門65b前後的壓力差(ΔPb1)來計算出各自流通於排氣通道63之氣體的流量(Qa1、Qb1)。然後,根據該氣體流量來求得氣體流量比F(Qb1/Qa1),以判斷該流量比F是否達到該設定值F1(步驟S25),在已達到設定值F1之情況便前進至後述的步驟S14之成膜處理。在當流量比較設定值F1為大之情況,則將第2閥門65b之開口程度(B1)減小以使得流量比接近設定值F1(步驟26)。Next, as shown in Fig. 13, the degree of opening (A1) of the first valve 65a is adjusted so that the pressure P in the vacuum vessel 1 reaches the pressure set value P1 of, for example, 1067 Pa (8 Torr) (step S24). Specifically, the degree of opening of the first valve 65a is reduced so that the flow rate of the gas flowing through the first exhaust passage 63a is reduced. Then, based on the pressure difference (ΔPa1) between the pressure on the upstream side of the first valve 65a and the pressure on the downstream side (before and after the valve) and the pressure difference (ΔPb1) before and after the second valve 65b, the flow is calculated in the exhaust passage 63. The flow rate of the gas (Qa1, Qb1). Then, the gas flow rate ratio F (Qb1/Qa1) is obtained based on the gas flow rate to determine whether the flow rate ratio F has reached the set value F1 (step S25), and when the set value F1 has been reached, the process proceeds to a step to be described later. Film formation treatment of S14. When the flow rate comparison set value F1 is large, the opening degree (B1) of the second valve 65b is decreased so that the flow rate ratio approaches the set value F1 (step 26).

然後,確認壓力P是否偏離設定值P1(步驟S27),在未偏移之情況則前進至步驟S14之成膜處理。當壓力偏離設定值P1之情況,則先判斷到此為止之製程(步驟S24~步驟S27)所花費時間是否已達到該步驟S23所設定之重覆時間t1(步驟S28),達到該重覆時間t1、抑或於步驟S25或步驟S27中之流量比F及壓力P各自達到其設定值F1及設定值P1為止,重覆步驟S24~步驟S27的製程。具體而言,在例如當調整閥門65b之開口程度(步驟S26)而使得壓力P高於設定值P1之情況,則加大閥門65a之開口程度,於使得壓力P低於設定值P1之情況,則減小閥門65a之開口程度。又,當調整閥門65a之開口程度(步驟S24)而使得流量比F高於設定值F1之情況,則減小閥門65b之開口程度,於使得流量比F低於設定值F1之情況,則加大閥門65b之開口程度。如前述般交互調整閥門65a、65b之開口程度,如前述圖13所示,藉以使得壓力P及流量比F各自接近(收斂)至其設定值P1、F1。Then, it is confirmed whether or not the pressure P deviates from the set value P1 (step S27), and if it is not shifted, the process proceeds to the film forming process of step S14. When the pressure deviates from the set value P1, it is first determined whether the time taken for the process (step S24 to step S27) has reached the reset time t1 set in the step S23 (step S28), and the repeated time is reached. In the case of t1, the flow rate ratio F and the pressure P in step S25 or step S27 are each set to the set value F1 and the set value P1, and the processes of steps S24 to S27 are repeated. Specifically, for example, when the degree of opening of the valve 65b is adjusted (step S26) such that the pressure P is higher than the set value P1, the degree of opening of the valve 65a is increased, so that the pressure P is lower than the set value P1. Then, the degree of opening of the valve 65a is reduced. Further, when the degree of opening of the valve 65a is adjusted (step S24) such that the flow ratio F is higher than the set value F1, the degree of opening of the valve 65b is reduced, so that the flow ratio F is lower than the set value F1, The degree of opening of the large valve 65b. The degree of opening of the valves 65a, 65b is alternately adjusted as described above, as shown in the aforementioned FIG. 13, whereby the pressure P and the flow ratio F are each close (converged) to their set values P1, F1.

進行該等步驟S24~步驟S27而使得壓力P及流量比F各自達到其設定值P1、F1之情況時,自排氣通道63a、63b所各自排出之氣體流量為20sccm、30sccm,如前述圖12B所示,將此時第1閥門65a之開口程度及第2閥門65b之開口程度各自設定為例如A2、B2。另一方面,即使於該步驟S28中超過其實施時限之情況,由於係已交互地藉由第1閥門65a來進行壓力P之調整、藉由第2閥門65b來進行流量比F之調整,故如前述般,調整後之壓力P及流量比F與設定值P1及F1的偏差量會隨著重複進行該步驟而逐漸縮小。因此,超過時限之時點的壓力P及流量比F已非常接近設定值P1及F1。因此,即使在超過其實施時限之情況,亦可進行其後之成膜處理(步驟S14)的後續製程。When the steps S24 to S27 are performed such that the pressure P and the flow rate ratio F respectively reach the set values P1 and F1, the gas flow rates respectively discharged from the exhaust passages 63a and 63b are 20 sccm and 30 sccm, as shown in the aforementioned FIG. 12B. As shown in the figure, the degree of opening of the first valve 65a and the degree of opening of the second valve 65b are set to, for example, A2 and B2. On the other hand, even if the time limit is exceeded in the step S28, since the pressure P is adjusted by the first valve 65a and the flow rate ratio F is adjusted by the second valve 65b, As described above, the amount of deviation between the adjusted pressure P and the flow rate ratio F and the set values P1 and F1 is gradually reduced as the step is repeated. Therefore, the pressure P and the flow ratio F at the time when the time limit is exceeded are very close to the set values P1 and F1. Therefore, even if the time limit of execution is exceeded, the subsequent process of the subsequent film forming process (step S14) can be performed.

然後,使第1閥門65a之開口程度及第2閥門65b之開口程度進行微調整以維持前述製程所設定的壓力P及流量比F。本範例中,沿著設置有反應氣體噴嘴31、32之第2頂面45下方側空間而於容器本體12之內周緣壁處如前述般地將該內周緣壁切開而擴張,且排氣口61、62係位於該寬廣空間的下方,故第2頂面45之下方側空間的壓力係較第1頂面44之下方側的狹隘空間以及前記中心部區域C等各壓力值更低。Then, the degree of opening of the first valve 65a and the degree of opening of the second valve 65b are finely adjusted to maintain the pressure P and the flow rate ratio F set by the above-described process. In this example, the inner peripheral wall is cut and expanded at the inner peripheral wall of the container body 12 along the lower side space of the second top surface 45 where the reaction gas nozzles 31 and 32 are provided, and the exhaust port is opened. Since the 61 and 62 are located below the wide space, the pressure in the space below the second top surface 45 is lower than the pressure values of the narrow space on the lower side of the first top surface 44 and the front center portion C.

然後,藉由圖中未顯示之溫度感測器來確認晶圓W之溫度是否已達設定溫度,再確認真空容器1內之壓力P及排氯氣體之流量比F是否安定地維持於穩定狀態。其次,如圖14A所示,將第1反應氣體噴嘴31及第2反應氣體噴嘴32所供給之氣體由N2 氣體而各自切換至BTBAS氣體及O3 氣體(步驟S14)。此時,如圖14B所示,以不改變供給至真空容器1內的氣體之總流量(自各噴嘴31、32所供給的氣體流量)的方式來切換氣體。藉由前述之氣體切換,可抑制流向晶圓W之氣流的變動,又亦可抑制真空容器1內之壓力變動。因此,即使未如前述各步驟S21~S28般地再次調整第1閥門65a之開口程度及第2閥門65b之開口程度,如圖12C所示,亦能讓真空容器1內之壓力P、排氣氣體流量比F維持於設定值P1及F1。因此,切換氣體時能使真空容器1內維持於穩定狀態,如圖15所示,能使得晶圓W之面內乃至面之間的氣流穩定化。又,於前述之成膜中,係針對閥門65之開口程度進行微調整以使得自排氣通道63a、63b所排出之氣流的流量比F維持於設定值F1,因此供給至晶圓W的氣流不會產生紊亂,而可維持於該穩定狀態。另外,前述圖14A係概略地顯示各氣體之流量。Then, it is confirmed by the temperature sensor not shown in the figure whether the temperature of the wafer W has reached the set temperature, and it is confirmed whether the pressure P of the vacuum vessel 1 and the flow ratio F of the chlorine discharge gas are stably maintained at a steady state. . Next, as shown in FIG. 14A, the gas supplied from the first reaction gas nozzle 31 and the second reaction gas nozzle 32 is switched from N 2 gas to BTBAS gas and O 3 gas (step S14). At this time, as shown in FIG. 14B, the gas is switched so as not to change the total flow rate of the gas supplied to the inside of the vacuum vessel 1 (the flow rate of the gas supplied from each of the nozzles 31, 32). By the gas switching described above, fluctuations in the gas flow to the wafer W can be suppressed, and pressure fluctuations in the vacuum vessel 1 can be suppressed. Therefore, even if the degree of opening of the first valve 65a and the degree of opening of the second valve 65b are not adjusted again as in the above-described steps S21 to S28, as shown in Fig. 12C, the pressure P and the exhaust in the vacuum vessel 1 can be made. The gas flow rate ratio F is maintained at the set values P1 and F1. Therefore, when the gas is switched, the inside of the vacuum vessel 1 can be maintained in a stable state, and as shown in Fig. 15, the gas flow in the plane or even between the faces of the wafer W can be stabilized. Further, in the film formation described above, the degree of opening of the valve 65 is finely adjusted so that the flow rate ratio F of the air flow discharged from the exhaust passages 63a, 63b is maintained at the set value F1, and thus the air flow supplied to the wafer W is performed. There is no disorder and it can be maintained in this steady state. In addition, FIG. 14A schematically shows the flow rate of each gas.

然後,藉由迴轉台2的旋轉使得晶圓W交互地通過第1處理區域91與第2處理區域92,而吸附BTBAS氣體,其次再吸附O3 氣體而使得BTBAS分子受氧化以形成1層或複數層的氧化矽分子層,如此般依序層積氧化矽分子層以形成具特定膜厚的矽氧化膜。Then, by rotating the turntable 2, the wafer W alternately passes through the first processing region 91 and the second processing region 92 to adsorb the BTBAS gas, and secondly adsorbs the O 3 gas to cause the BTBAS molecules to be oxidized to form a layer or A plurality of layers of ruthenium oxide molecules are layered in this order to form a ruthenium oxide layer having a specific film thickness.

此時,第1處理區域91及第2處理區域92之間係供給有N2 氣體,又中心部區域C處亦供給有分離氣體(N2 氣體),再者係針對閥門65之開口程度進行微調整以使得供給至晶圓W的氣流穩定化,因此能不使得BTBAS氣體與O3 氣體相互混合而將各氣體排出。又,於分離區域D處,因彎曲部46與迴轉台2外端面之間的間隙係如前述般地狹窄,故BTBAS氣體與O3 氣體不會經由迴轉台2外側而相互混合。因此,能使第1處理區域91之氣氛與第2處理區域92之氣氛完全地分離,將BTBAS氣體排出至排氣口61,而將O3 氣體排出至排氣口62。其結果,BTBAS氣體及O3 氣體於氣氛中或於晶圓W上皆不會相互混合。At this time, N 2 gas is supplied between the first processing region 91 and the second processing region 92, and a separation gas (N 2 gas) is also supplied to the central portion C, and the opening degree of the valve 65 is further performed. The micro-adjustment is such that the gas flow supplied to the wafer W is stabilized, so that the respective gases can be discharged without mixing the BTBAS gas and the O 3 gas. Further, in the separation region D, since the gap between the curved portion 46 and the outer end surface of the turntable 2 is narrow as described above, the BTBAS gas and the O 3 gas are not mixed with each other via the outside of the turntable 2. Therefore, the atmosphere of the first processing region 91 can be completely separated from the atmosphere of the second processing region 92, and the BTBAS gas can be discharged to the exhaust port 61, and the O 3 gas can be discharged to the exhaust port 62. As a result, the BTBAS gas and the O 3 gas do not mix with each other in the atmosphere or on the wafer W.

另外,本範例係藉由N2 氣體來沖洗迴轉台2之下方側,因此完全無需擔心流入至排氣區域E的氣體會潛入迴轉台2之下方側而使得例如BTBAS氣體流入至O3 氣體之供給區域。完成前述成膜處理後,停止供給氣體並進行真空容器1內之真空排氣(步驟S15),然後停止旋轉迴轉台2並藉由搬送手臂10以搬入時之相反動作來依序地將各晶圓W搬出(步驟S16)。In addition, in this example, the lower side of the turntable 2 is flushed by the N 2 gas, so there is no need to worry that the gas flowing into the exhaust region E will sneak into the lower side of the turntable 2 so that, for example, the BTBAS gas flows into the O 3 gas. Supply area. After the film forming process is completed, the supply of gas is stopped, and vacuum evacuation in the vacuum vessel 1 is performed (step S15), and then the rotary turret 2 is stopped and the respective arms are sequentially moved by the transfer arm 10 to carry out the opposite operation. The circle W is carried out (step S16).

此處記載處理參數之一範例,係以直徑300mm的晶圓W作為被處理基板之情況,迴轉台2之轉速為例如1rpm~500rpm,來自真空容器1中心部的分離氣體供給管51之N2 氣體流量為例如5000sccm。又,針對1片晶圓W所進行之反應氣體供給的循環次數,即晶圓W各自通過處理區域91、92的次數會隨著目標膜厚而改變,多數次係例如為600次。Here, an example of the processing parameters is described in the case where the wafer W having a diameter of 300 mm is used as the substrate to be processed, and the number of revolutions of the turntable 2 is, for example, 1 rpm to 500 rpm, and N 2 from the separation gas supply pipe 51 at the center of the vacuum vessel 1 The gas flow rate is, for example, 5000 sccm. Moreover, the number of cycles of the supply of the reaction gas to the one wafer W, that is, the number of times the wafer W passes through the processing regions 91 and 92 varies depending on the target film thickness, and the number of times is, for example, 600 times.

依前述實施形態,在共通之真空容器1內沿著迴轉台2之迴轉方向形成各自被供給有會相互反應之反應氣體(BTBAS氣體及O3 氣體)的處理區域91、92,藉由迴轉台2來讓晶圓W依序地通過該等處理區域91、92內以層積多層之反應生成物層而形成薄膜,其中,在處理區域91、92之間介設有供給分離氣體的分離區域D,同時於排氣口61、62所在位置處設置有第1排氣通道63a及第2排氣通道63b來將各相異之反應氣體分離而進行排氣。然後,調整第1閥門65a之開口程度及第2閥門65b之開口程度以使得自該等排氣通道63a、63b所排出之氣體流量比F達到設定值F1,且真空容器1內之壓力P達到設定值P1。因此,可於分離區域D兩側形成穩定適當的氣流,由於晶圓W表面處之反應氣體(BATAS、O3 )的氣流固定化,故在使得BTBAS氣體之吸附狀態穩定化的同時,使得O3 氣體對該吸附分子的氧化反應亦穩定化,其結果便可於晶圓W之面內及面之間處獲得膜厚均勻而膜質均勻且良好的薄膜。According to the above embodiment, the processing regions 91 and 92 to which the reaction gases (BTBAS gas and O 3 gas) which are mutually reacted are supplied in the direction of rotation of the turntable 2 in the common vacuum vessel 1 are provided by the turntable. 2, the wafer W is sequentially passed through the processing regions 91, 92 to form a thin film by laminating a plurality of reaction product layers, wherein a separation region for supplying separated gas is interposed between the processing regions 91, 92. D, at the same time, the first exhaust passage 63a and the second exhaust passage 63b are provided at the positions of the exhaust ports 61 and 62 to separate the respective reaction gases and exhaust them. Then, the degree of opening of the first valve 65a and the degree of opening of the second valve 65b are adjusted such that the gas flow ratio F discharged from the exhaust passages 63a, 63b reaches the set value F1, and the pressure P in the vacuum vessel 1 reaches Set value P1. Therefore, a stable and appropriate air flow can be formed on both sides of the separation region D, and the flow of the reaction gas (BATAS, O 3 ) at the surface of the wafer W is fixed, so that the adsorption state of the BTBAS gas is stabilized while making O The gas is also stabilized by the oxidation reaction of the adsorbed molecules, and as a result, a film having a uniform film thickness and a uniform film quality can be obtained in the plane and between the faces of the wafer W.

再者,由於能防止分離區域D兩側之排氣的偏差,因此能避免BTBAS氣體與O3 氣體穿過分離區域D而相互混合,藉以抑制在晶圓W之表面以外處產生反應生成物,因而能抑制微粒的產生。Further, since the deviation of the exhaust gas on both sides of the separation region D can be prevented, it is possible to prevent the BTBAS gas and the O 3 gas from passing through the separation region D to be mixed with each other, thereby suppressing generation of a reaction product outside the surface of the wafer W, Therefore, the generation of fine particles can be suppressed.

又,計算排氣氣體之流量比F時,如前述般地,係根據第1閥門65a前後(上游側及下游側)的壓差及第2閥門65b前後的壓差來計算出實際流通於排氣通道63a、63b的流量,故能正確地計算出該流量比F。因此,即使因內部堆積有生成物或因使用時間導致劣化等,而使得真空泵64a、64b之間產生排氣能力之個體差異時,亦可正確地計算出流量比F。When the flow rate ratio F of the exhaust gas is calculated, the pressure difference between the front and rear (upstream side and downstream side) of the first valve 65a and the pressure difference between the front and rear of the second valve 65b are calculated as described above. The flow rate of the gas passages 63a, 63b can accurately calculate the flow ratio F. Therefore, even if there is an individual difference in the exhausting ability between the vacuum pumps 64a and 64b due to the accumulation of the product inside or deterioration due to the use time, the flow rate ratio F can be accurately calculated.

再者,如前述地將排氣氣體之流量比F調整至設定值F1時,並非以實際進行成膜的反應氣體而是以N2 氣體來進行的,在調整流量比F時,即真空容器1內之氣流有紊亂之虞時,反應氣體並未接觸至晶圓W,故可抑制氣流紊亂之反應氣體對晶圓W所造成之影響。又,如前述地在調整流量時,預先流通有反應氣體之份量的N2 氣體,然後再流通反應氣體以代替N2 氣體,因此在流量比F調整完成後開始流通反應氣體時,真空容器1內不會產生氣流紊亂,又,總氣體流量與自排氣通道63a、63b所排出之氣體流量亦不會產生變化,故於反應初期(由N2 氣體將氣體切換為反應氣體)亦可抑制氣流紊亂。Further, when the flow rate ratio F of the exhaust gas is adjusted to the set value F1 as described above, the reaction gas which is actually formed is not N 2 gas, and when the flow rate ratio F is adjusted, that is, the vacuum container When the gas flow in 1 is disordered, the reaction gas does not contact the wafer W, so that the influence of the reaction gas of the gas flow disorder on the wafer W can be suppressed. Further, when the flow rate is adjusted as described above, the amount of the N 2 gas in the reaction gas is distributed in advance, and then the reaction gas is passed in place of the N 2 gas. Therefore, when the reaction gas is started to flow after the flow rate ratio F is completed, the vacuum vessel 1 is opened. There is no airflow disturbance in the air, and the total gas flow rate and the gas flow rate discharged from the exhaust passages 63a and 63b do not change, so that the initial reaction (switching the gas to the reaction gas by the N 2 gas) can also be suppressed. The airflow is disordered.

又再者,如前述般地係在迴轉台2之迴轉方向設置複數個晶圓W,並旋轉該迴轉台2以使其依序通過第1處理區域91與第2處理區域92來進行所謂之ALD(或MLD),故能以高產能地進行成膜處理。接著,於該迴轉方向中第1處理區域91與第2處理區域92之間設置有具備較低頂面的分離區域D,同時從藉由迴轉台2之迴轉中心部與真空容器1所劃分形成之中心部區域C朝迴轉台2周緣噴出分離氣體,並使得擴散至該分離區域D兩側的分離氣體以及自該中心部區域C噴出的分離氣體一同地與該反應氣體經由迴轉台2周緣與真空容器內周緣壁之間隙排出,故能防止兩反應氣體相互混合,其結果能良好地進行成膜處理,使得在迴轉台2上完全不會產生(或積極抑制)反應生成物,以抑制微粒的產生。另外,本發明亦可適用於在迴轉台2上載置1個晶圓W之情況。Further, as described above, a plurality of wafers W are provided in the rotation direction of the turntable 2, and the turntable 2 is rotated to sequentially pass the first processing region 91 and the second processing region 92 to perform so-called ALD (or MLD) enables film formation at high productivity. Next, a separation region D having a lower top surface is provided between the first processing region 91 and the second processing region 92 in the rotation direction, and is formed by being separated from the vacuum vessel 1 by the rotation center portion of the turntable 2 The center portion region C discharges the separation gas toward the periphery of the turntable 2, and causes the separation gas diffused to both sides of the separation region D and the separation gas ejected from the center portion region C to be together with the reaction gas via the periphery of the turntable 2 Since the gap between the peripheral walls of the vacuum vessel is discharged, it is possible to prevent the two reaction gases from mixing with each other, and as a result, the film formation treatment can be performed favorably, so that the reaction product is not generated (or actively suppressed) on the turntable 2 to suppress the particles. The production. Further, the present invention is also applicable to a case where one wafer W is placed on the turntable 2.

另外,前述範例中,步驟S21係將第1閥門65a、第2閥門65b全開以進行抽真空,但是例如預先計算出第2閥門65b之開口程度以及由第2排氣通道63b所排出之氣體流量的關係,而於例如步驟S24中進行第1閥門65a之調整時,即可將該第2閥門65b調整至前述開口程度。此時便可快速地進行壓力值之調整與流量比之調整。又,由於壓力與流量比之調整量(變動量)變少,故此時亦可不使用前述之N2 氣體而使用反應氣體來進行壓力與流量比之調整。Further, in the above-described example, in step S21, the first valve 65a and the second valve 65b are fully opened to perform vacuuming. However, for example, the degree of opening of the second valve 65b and the flow rate of the gas discharged from the second exhaust passage 63b are calculated in advance. In the relationship, for example, when the first valve 65a is adjusted in step S24, the second valve 65b can be adjusted to the extent of the opening. At this point, the pressure value adjustment and the flow ratio adjustment can be quickly performed. Further, since the adjustment amount (variation amount) of the pressure and the flow rate ratio is small, the reaction gas can be used to adjust the pressure to flow ratio without using the N 2 gas.

又,前述範例中,進行壓力P與流量比F之調整時的N2 氣體流量係等於後續切換氣體以進行成膜時之反應氣體的流量,但其僅需為幾乎相等之流量(例如±5%左右),即可如前述般地抑制流向晶圓W之氣流紊亂。Further, in the above example, the N 2 gas flow rate at the time of adjusting the pressure P to the flow rate ratio F is equal to the flow rate of the reaction gas when the gas is subsequently switched to perform film formation, but it only needs to be an almost equal flow rate (for example, ±5) Around %, the airflow disorder to the wafer W can be suppressed as described above.

本實施形態中,於超過步驟S28之實施時限之情況,雖然此時之壓力P及流量比F係在非常接近其各設定值P1、F1而進行後續之製程(步驟S14以後),但亦可於此時顯示例如警示訊號並停止後續之成膜處理。In the present embodiment, when the time limit of the step S28 is exceeded, the pressure P and the flow rate ratio F at this time are very close to the respective set values P1 and F1, and the subsequent processes are performed (step S14 and later). At this time, for example, a warning signal is displayed and the subsequent film forming process is stopped.

(第2實施形態)(Second embodiment)

第1實施形態係僅藉由調整閥門65a、65b之開口程度來控制真空容器1內之壓力P與排氣通道63a、63b之流量比F,但亦可進一步藉由調整真空泵64b之轉速來調整該真空泵64b之排氣流量(排氣能力)以進行前述控制。In the first embodiment, the flow rate ratio F between the pressure P in the vacuum vessel 1 and the exhaust passages 63a, 63b is controlled only by adjusting the degree of opening of the valves 65a, 65b, but it can be further adjusted by adjusting the rotational speed of the vacuum pump 64b. The exhaust flow rate (exhaust capacity) of the vacuum pump 64b is controlled as described above.

如圖16所示,該真空泵64b係連接有作為調整該真空泵64b的排氣流量用機構之變流器68(inverter),藉由該變流器68來調整流通於真空泵64b之電流值,即調整該真空泵64b之轉速(排氣流量)。因此本範例中,前述製程條件亦收納有關於該真空泵64b之轉速R。另外,其他之裝置結構與作用等皆與前述實施形態相同,故此處便省略記載。As shown in Fig. 16, the vacuum pump 64b is connected to a current transformer 68 as a mechanism for adjusting the exhaust gas flow rate of the vacuum pump 64b, and the current converter 68 adjusts the current value flowing through the vacuum pump 64b. The rotation speed (exhaust flow rate) of the vacuum pump 64b is adjusted. Therefore, in the present example, the process conditions also include the rotational speed R of the vacuum pump 64b. In addition, other device configurations, operations, and the like are the same as those of the above-described embodiment, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.

接著,當反覆地以第1閥門65a進行壓力控制、以第2閥門65b進行流量控制而超過其實施時限之情況(步驟S28),如圖17所示,便進行調整真空泵64b之轉速R的第3步驟(步驟S29)。即,例如在藉由第2閥門65b進行流量比F之調整(步驟S26)後,確認其壓力P(步驟S27),當該壓力P未達設定值P1之情況,則調整真空泵64b之排氣量直到壓力P達到設定值P1。具體說明,壓力P為設定值P1以上之情況(即真空泵64b的排氣量不足之情況),便將變流器68之電流值設定為能提高真空泵64b之轉速R以增加真空泵64b之排氣量,相反地,壓力P較設定值P1更低之情況,則減低真空泵64b之轉速R以減少真空泵64b之排氣量。Then, when the pressure is controlled by the first valve 65a and the flow rate is controlled by the second valve 65b and the time limit is exceeded (step S28), as shown in Fig. 17, the rotation speed R of the vacuum pump 64b is adjusted. 3 steps (step S29). That is, for example, after the flow rate ratio F is adjusted by the second valve 65b (step S26), the pressure P is confirmed (step S27), and when the pressure P does not reach the set value P1, the exhaust of the vacuum pump 64b is adjusted. The amount until the pressure P reaches the set value P1. Specifically, when the pressure P is equal to or higher than the set value P1 (that is, the amount of exhaust of the vacuum pump 64b is insufficient), the current value of the converter 68 is set to increase the rotational speed R of the vacuum pump 64b to increase the exhaust of the vacuum pump 64b. The amount, conversely, when the pressure P is lower than the set value P1, the rotation speed R of the vacuum pump 64b is reduced to reduce the displacement of the vacuum pump 64b.

其次,再次藉由計時器86來設定重覆時間t1,並重覆前述各步驟S24~步驟S27。藉由前述調整真空泵64b之轉速R而使得步驟S25或步驟S27中壓力P及流量比F達到設定值P1及F1之情況,便前進至前述之成膜處理(步驟S14),而進行調整真空泵64b之轉速R後仍未達設定值P1、F1之情況,則再次進行步驟S29(調整真空泵64b之轉速R)。接著,直到超過重覆時間t1抑或直到壓力P及流量比F已各自達到其設定值P1、F1為止,反覆地進行步驟S24~S28。另外,當超過反複時間t1但壓力P及流量比F仍未達到設定值P1、F1之情況,由於調整了閥門65a、65b之開口程度與真空泵64b之轉速R,而如前述實施形態般地,壓力P及流量比F會各自接近(收斂)至其設定值P1、F1,故超過實施時限之情況時之壓力P及流量比F便會各自接近其設定值P1及F1。Next, the reset time t1 is set again by the timer 86, and the above-described respective steps S24 to S27 are repeated. When the pressure P of the vacuum pump 64b is adjusted and the pressure P and the flow ratio F reach the set values P1 and F1 in the step S25 or the step S27, the process proceeds to the film forming process (step S14), and the vacuum pump 64b is adjusted. If the set values P1 and F1 are not reached after the rotation speed R, the step S29 is again performed (the rotation speed R of the vacuum pump 64b is adjusted). Next, until the repetition time t1 is exceeded or until the pressure P and the flow rate ratio F have respectively reached the set values P1 and F1, the steps S24 to S28 are repeatedly performed. Further, when the pressure P and the flow rate ratio F have not reached the set values P1 and F1 beyond the repetition time t1, the degree of opening of the valves 65a and 65b and the number of revolutions R of the vacuum pump 64b are adjusted, as in the above-described embodiment. The pressure P and the flow ratio F will each approach (converge) to their set values P1 and F1, so that the pressure P and the flow ratio F will be close to their set values P1 and F1 when the time limit is exceeded.

因此,超過實施時限之情況,亦可進行後續之成膜處理(步驟S14)。Therefore, if the time limit is exceeded, the subsequent film formation process can be performed (step S14).

依本實施形態,除了前述效果亦可獲得下列效果。即,僅調整第1閥門65a之開口程度及第2閥門65b之開口程度仍無法在設定時間(t1)內完成壓力P及流量比F之調整的情況,係調整真空泵64b之轉速R後再調整閥門65a、65b之開口程度,因此例如真空泵64a、64b之排氣能力具有個體差異時,亦可各自設置壓力P及流量比F以使其達到設定值P1、F1。換言之,藉由與閥門65a、65b之開口程度一同地調整真空泵64b之轉速R,因此可說是能於較廣範圍內進行壓力P及流量比F之設定。According to this embodiment, in addition to the aforementioned effects, the following effects can be obtained. In other words, it is only possible to adjust the pressure P and the flow rate ratio F within the set time (t1) by adjusting the degree of opening of the first valve 65a and the opening degree of the second valve 65b, and then adjusting the rotation speed R of the vacuum pump 64b. The degree of opening of the valves 65a, 65b is such that, for example, when the exhaust capacities of the vacuum pumps 64a, 64b have individual differences, the pressure P and the flow ratio F can be set to reach the set values P1, F1, respectively. In other words, by adjusting the rotation speed R of the vacuum pump 64b together with the degree of opening of the valves 65a and 65b, it can be said that the pressure P and the flow rate ratio F can be set in a wide range.

另外,本範例雖係調整真空泵64b之轉速R,但亦可將變流器連接至真空泵64a以取代該真空泵64b來調整該真空泵64a之轉速R,或亦可針對兩真空泵64進行轉速R之調整。針對兩真空泵64進行轉速R調整之情況,例如可於前述步驟S29中同時地調整真空泵64a、64b之轉速R、抑或當調整真空泵64b之轉速R(步驟S29)後且超過實施時限之情況(步驟S28),再調整另一個真空泵64a之轉速R,並再次設定重覆時間t1(步驟S23)而同時調整閥門65a、65b之開口程度(步驟S24~S28)。In addition, although the example adjusts the rotation speed R of the vacuum pump 64b, the converter may be connected to the vacuum pump 64a to adjust the rotation speed R of the vacuum pump 64a instead of the vacuum pump 64b, or the rotation speed R may be adjusted for the two vacuum pumps 64. . For the case where the two vacuum pumps 64 are adjusted in the rotation speed R, for example, the rotation speeds R of the vacuum pumps 64a, 64b may be simultaneously adjusted in the above step S29, or when the rotation speed R of the vacuum pump 64b is adjusted (step S29) and the execution time limit is exceeded (steps) S28), the rotation speed R of the other vacuum pump 64a is adjusted, and the repetition time t1 is set again (step S23) while adjusting the opening degree of the valves 65a, 65b (steps S24 to S28).

又,雖係例如於步驟S28中,於超過實施時限時進行步驟S29,但亦可在例如步驟S27與步驟S28之間進行該步驟S29,而反覆地進行在調整閥門65a、65b之開口程度的同時亦調整該真空泵64b之轉速。再者,在最初的步驟S27(反覆進行各步驟之前)中,亦可例如在壓力P遠大於設定值P1之情況,於反覆地進行各步驟S24~S27之前先進行步驟S29,然後再反覆地進行前述各步驟S24~S27。Further, for example, in step S28, step S29 is performed when the time limit is exceeded, but step S29 may be performed between, for example, step S27 and step S28, and the degree of opening of the valves 65a, 65b may be reversed. At the same time, the rotational speed of the vacuum pump 64b is also adjusted. Further, in the first step S27 (before the steps are repeated), for example, in the case where the pressure P is much larger than the set value P1, the step S29 may be performed before the steps S24 to S27 are repeatedly performed, and then repeatedly Each of the above steps S24 to S27 is performed.

前述各範例中,係藉由從兩條排氣通道63a、63b來各自排出會相互反應之反應氣體,而可獲得抑制排氣通道63內與真空泵64內產生反應生成物的效果,但例如該排氣通道63內與真空泵64內之溫度較低而使得反應氣體之間不易引發反應時,如圖18所示,亦可使真空泵64a、64b形成共通化。此時便可獲得降低裝置成本的效果。In each of the above-described examples, the reaction gas which reacts with each other is discharged from the two exhaust passages 63a and 63b, and the effect of suppressing the reaction product in the exhaust passage 63 and the inside of the vacuum pump 64 can be obtained. When the temperature in the exhaust passage 63 and the inside of the vacuum pump 64 are low and the reaction between the reaction gases is less likely to occur, as shown in Fig. 18, the vacuum pumps 64a and 64b may be formed in common. At this point, the effect of reducing the cost of the device can be obtained.

作為本發明適用之處理氣體,除前述範例之外,亦可舉出DCS[二氯矽烷]、HCD[六氯二矽甲烷]、TMA[三甲基鋁]、3DMAS[三(二甲胺基)矽烷]、TEMAZ[四(乙基甲基胺基酸)-鋯]、TEMAH[四(乙基甲基胺基酸)-鉿]、Sr(THD)2 [二(四甲基庚二酮酸)-鍶]、Ti(MPD)(THD)[甲基戊二酮酸)(雙四甲基庚二酮酸)-鈦]以及單胺基矽烷等。As the processing gas to which the present invention is applied, in addition to the above examples, DCS [dichlorodecane], HCD [hexachlorodimethane], TMA [trimethylaluminum], 3DMAS [tris(dimethylamino)] may also be mentioned. ) decane], TEMAZ [tetrakis(ethylmethylamino acid)-zirconium], TEMAH [tetrakis(ethylmethylamino acid)-oxime], Sr(THD) 2 [bis(tetramethylheptanedione) Acid)-锶], Ti(MPD)(THD) [methylglutaric acid) (bis-tetramethylheptanedionate)-titanium], monoamine-based decane, and the like.

又,前述分離區域D之頂面44處,較佳地,相對於該分離氣體噴嘴41、42之迴轉台2的迴轉方向上游側部位處,越接近其外緣部位則該迴轉方向之寬度越大。其理由係因迴轉台2之迴轉而自上游側流向分離區域D之氣流在越接近其外緣處則越快。依此觀點,如前述般地以扇型來構成凸狀部4便為良策。Further, at the top surface 44 of the separation region D, preferably, the width of the rotation direction is closer to the upstream side portion of the turntable 2 in the rotation direction with respect to the separation gas nozzles 41, 42. Big. The reason is that the flow from the upstream side to the separation region D due to the rotation of the turntable 2 is faster as it approaches the outer edge. From this point of view, it is a good idea to form the convex portion 4 in a fan shape as described above.

然後,如圖19A、B所示之該分離氣體噴嘴41般,各於該分離氣體噴嘴41(42)兩側形成有狹隘空間的該第1頂面44,在以例如直徑300mm之晶圓W作為被處理基板之情況,則晶圓W之中心WO所通過部位處沿迴轉台2之迴轉方向的寬度尺寸L為50mm以上者較佳。為了有效地阻止反應氣體自凸狀部4兩側侵入至該凸狀部4下方(狹隘空間),前述寬度尺寸L過短時則必須對應地縮小第1頂面44與迴轉台2之間的距離h。再者,將第1頂面44與迴轉台2之間的距離h設定為某特定尺寸時,離該迴轉台2之迴轉中心越遠則迴轉台2之速度便越快,因此離迴轉中心越遠,則為了獲得阻止反應氣體侵入之效果所需的該寬度尺寸L則越長。依前述觀點考量,當晶圓W之中心WO所通過部位之該寬度尺寸L小於50mm時,便需要相當程度地縮小第1頂面44與迴轉台2之間的距離h,因此在旋轉該迴轉台2時,便需要花費心力去積極地抑制迴轉台2之振動,以防止迴轉台2或晶圓W撞擊至頂面44。又再者,迴轉台2之轉速越高,則反應氣體越容易自凸狀部4之上游側侵入至該凸狀部4之下方側,因此當該寬度尺寸L小於50mm時,便必須要降低迴轉台2之轉速,然就產能之觀點來看並非良策。因而該寬度尺寸L為50mm以上者較佳,但並非是指50mm以下便無法獲得本發明之效果。即,該寬度尺寸L為晶圓W直徑之1/10~1/1者較佳,約為1/6以上者更佳。Then, as in the separation gas nozzle 41 shown in FIGS. 19A and 19B, the first top surface 44 of each of the separation gas nozzles 41 (42) is formed with a narrow space, for example, a wafer W having a diameter of 300 mm. In the case of the substrate to be processed, it is preferable that the width L of the portion where the center WO of the wafer W passes in the direction of rotation of the turntable 2 is 50 mm or more. In order to effectively prevent the reaction gas from intruding from below the convex portion 4 (narrow space) from the both sides of the convex portion 4, when the width dimension L is too short, the first top surface 44 and the turntable 2 must be correspondingly reduced. Distance h. Further, when the distance h between the first top surface 44 and the turntable 2 is set to a certain size, the farther from the center of rotation of the turntable 2, the faster the speed of the turntable 2 is, so the more away from the center of rotation Far, the width dimension L required to obtain the effect of preventing the intrusion of the reaction gas is longer. According to the foregoing point of view, when the width dimension L of the portion where the center WO of the wafer W passes is less than 50 mm, the distance h between the first top surface 44 and the turntable 2 needs to be considerably reduced, and thus the rotation is rotated. At the time of the stage 2, it takes a lot of effort to actively suppress the vibration of the turntable 2 to prevent the turntable 2 or the wafer W from striking the top surface 44. Further, the higher the rotational speed of the turntable 2, the more easily the reaction gas intrudes from the upstream side of the convex portion 4 to the lower side of the convex portion 4, so when the width dimension L is less than 50 mm, it must be lowered. The rotation speed of the rotary table 2 is not a good strategy from the viewpoint of production capacity. Therefore, the width L is preferably 50 mm or more, but the effect of the present invention cannot be obtained not by 50 mm or less. That is, the width dimension L is preferably from 1/10 to 1/1 of the diameter of the wafer W, and more preferably about 1/6 or more.

又,本發明之分離氣體供給機構中,係需要有位於迴轉方向兩側之較低頂面44,但並非限定於在前述分離氣體噴嘴41、42兩側設置凸狀部4的結構,亦可採用如圖20所示,於凸狀部4內部朝迴轉台2之直徑方向延伸而形成分離氣體之流通室47,並沿長度方向於該流通室47底部貫穿設置有多數個氣體噴出孔40的結構。Further, in the separation gas supply mechanism of the present invention, the lower top surface 44 located on both sides in the rotation direction is required, but the configuration is not limited to the configuration in which the convex portions 4 are provided on both sides of the separation gas nozzles 41 and 42. As shown in FIG. 20, a flow chamber 47 for separating gas is formed inside the convex portion 4 in the radial direction of the turntable 2, and a plurality of gas discharge holes 40 are formed in the longitudinal direction at the bottom of the flow chamber 47. structure.

分離區域D之頂面44並非限定為平坦面,亦可為如圖21A所示之凹面形狀的結構,也可為如圖21B所示之凸面形狀,抑或如圖21C所示之波浪狀結構。The top surface 44 of the separation region D is not limited to a flat surface, and may have a concave shape as shown in Fig. 21A, a convex shape as shown in Fig. 21B, or a wavy structure as shown in Fig. 21C.

作為加熱晶圓W的加熱機構並非限定為使用了電阻發熱體的加熱器,亦可使用燈加熱裝置,且代替設置於迴轉台2之下方側的方式,亦可設置於迴轉台2之上方側、抑或設置於上下兩側。又,若前述反應氣體係於低溫(例如常溫)下進行反應之情況,亦可無需設置該加熱機構。The heating means for heating the wafer W is not limited to a heater using a resistance heating element, and a lamp heating device may be used instead of the lower side of the turntable 2, or may be provided on the upper side of the turntable 2 Or set on the upper and lower sides. Further, when the reaction gas system is subjected to a reaction at a low temperature (for example, normal temperature), it is not necessary to provide the heating means.

此處,舉出除了前述實施形態以外之關於處理區域91、92及分離區域D等各配置方式的其他範例。圖22係將第2反應氣體噴嘴32設置於搬送口15之迴轉台2的迴轉方向上游側位置的範例,依前述配置亦可獲得相同之效果。又,前述已說明了該分離區域D亦可為藉由扇型凸狀部4將其沿圓周方向分割成2部份且於其中間處設置有分離氣體噴嘴41(42)的結構,而圖23係為此結構之一範例的俯視圖。此時,扇型凸狀部4與分離氣體噴嘴41(42)之間的距離以及扇型凸狀部4的大小等,係考慮分離氣體之噴出流量與反應氣體之噴出流量等而設定為能使分離區域D有效地發揮其分離作用的尺寸。Here, other examples of the arrangement of the processing regions 91 and 92 and the separation region D other than the above-described embodiments will be described. FIG. 22 shows an example in which the second reaction gas nozzle 32 is provided on the upstream side in the rotation direction of the turntable 2 of the transfer port 15, and the same effect can be obtained by the above arrangement. Further, it has been described above that the separation region D may be a structure in which the fan-shaped convex portion 4 is divided into two portions in the circumferential direction and the separation gas nozzle 41 (42) is provided at the middle thereof, and 23 is a top view of an example of this structure. In this case, the distance between the fan-shaped convex portion 4 and the separation gas nozzle 41 (42) and the size of the fan-shaped convex portion 4 are set to be equal to the discharge flow rate of the separation gas and the discharge flow rate of the reaction gas. The separation region D is made effective to the size of its separation.

前述實施形態中,前述第1處理區域91及第2處理區域92係相當於具有較該分離區域D之頂面更高的頂面之區域,於本發明中,第1處理區域91及第2處理區域92中至少任一者亦可為具備有與例如分離區域D之第1頂面44相同高度的頂面之結構,該結構與分離區域D相同地係在反應氣體供給機構之該迴轉方向兩側處,面向該迴轉台2而設置有能在其與該迴轉台2之間形成用以阻止氣體侵入的空間且具有較該分離區域D之該迴轉方向兩側的頂面(第2頂面45)更低之頂面。圖24係顯示此結構之一範例,第2處理區域(本範例係吸附O3 氣體的區域)92中,於扇型凸狀部4之下方側設置有第2反應氣體噴嘴32。另外,除了取代分離氣體噴嘴41(42)而設置有第2反應氣體噴嘴32之外,該第2處理區域92之結構與分離區域D完全相同。In the above embodiment, the first processing region 91 and the second processing region 92 correspond to a region having a top surface higher than the top surface of the separation region D. In the present invention, the first processing region 91 and the second processing region At least one of the processing regions 92 may be configured to have a top surface having the same height as the first top surface 44 of the separation region D, and the structure is the same as the separation region D in the rotation direction of the reaction gas supply mechanism. On both sides, facing the turntable 2, a space is formed between the turntable 2 and the turntable 2 to prevent gas intrusion and has a top surface on both sides of the swinging direction D (the second top) Face 45) lower top surface. FIG. 24 shows an example of the configuration. In the second processing region (the region in which the O 3 gas is adsorbed in the present example) 92, the second reaction gas nozzle 32 is provided on the lower side of the fan-shaped convex portion 4. Further, the second processing region 92 has the same configuration as the separation region D except that the second reaction gas nozzle 32 is provided instead of the separation gas nozzle 41 (42).

本發明雖需要設置有於分離氣體噴嘴41(42)兩側形成狹隘空間用的較低頂面(第1頂面)44,但亦可為如圖25所示,在反應氣體噴嘴31(32)兩側亦同樣地設置有較低頂面,並使得該等頂面連續形成,即,除了設置有分離氣體噴嘴41(42)及反應氣體噴嘴31(32)以外的部位,於面向迴轉台2之區域全面設置有凸狀部4的結構亦可獲得同樣的效果。以不同角度觀察,該結構係將分離氣體噴嘴41(42)兩側的第1頂面44延伸擴展至反應氣體噴嘴31(32)處的範例。此時,分離氣體係擴散至分離氣體噴嘴41(42)的兩側,而反應氣體係擴散至反應氣體噴嘴31(32)的兩側,兩氣體會於凸狀部4下方側(狹隘空間)處匯流,且該等氣體會從位於分離氣體噴嘴42(41)與反應氣體噴嘴31(32)之間的排氣口61(62)處排出。In the present invention, it is necessary to provide a lower top surface (first top surface) 44 for forming a narrow space on both sides of the separation gas nozzle 41 (42), but it is also possible to use the reaction gas nozzle 31 (32) as shown in FIG. A lower top surface is also provided on both sides, and the top surfaces are continuously formed, that is, in addition to the portion where the separation gas nozzle 41 (42) and the reaction gas nozzle 31 (32) are provided, facing the turntable The same effect can be obtained by the structure in which the convex portion 4 is integrally provided in the region of 2. Viewed from different angles, the structure extends the first top surface 44 on either side of the separation gas nozzle 41 (42) to the example of the reaction gas nozzle 31 (32). At this time, the separation gas system is diffused to both sides of the separation gas nozzle 41 (42), and the reaction gas system is diffused to both sides of the reaction gas nozzle 31 (32), and the two gases will be on the lower side of the convex portion 4 (narrow space). The flow is converged, and the gases are discharged from the exhaust port 61 (62) between the separation gas nozzle 42 (41) and the reaction gas nozzle 31 (32).

以上實施形態中,迴轉台2之迴轉軸22係位於真空容器1之中心部,並以分離氣體來沖洗該迴轉台2中心部與真空容器1上面部之間的空間,但本發明亦可為如圖26所示之結構。圖26之成膜裝置中,真空容器1之中央區域的底面部14係朝下方側突出形成有驅動部之收納空間100,同時於真空容器1之中央區域的上方面形成有凹部100a,於真空容器1之中心部處之收納空間100的底部與真空容器1的該凹部100a上方面之間則介設有支柱101,以防止來自第1反應氣體噴嘴31的BTBAS氣體與來自第2反應氣體噴嘴32之O3 氣體透過該中心部而相互混合。In the above embodiment, the rotary shaft 22 of the turntable 2 is located at the center of the vacuum vessel 1, and the space between the center portion of the turntable 2 and the upper surface of the vacuum vessel 1 is flushed by the separated gas. However, the present invention may also be The structure shown in FIG. In the film forming apparatus of Fig. 26, the bottom surface portion 14 of the central portion of the vacuum chamber 1 is formed with the storage space 100 in which the driving portion is formed downward, and the concave portion 100a is formed in the upper portion of the central portion of the vacuum container 1 in the vacuum chamber. A pillar 101 is interposed between the bottom of the storage space 100 at the center of the container 1 and the upper portion of the recess 100a of the vacuum vessel 1 to prevent the BTBAS gas from the first reaction gas nozzle 31 and the second reaction gas nozzle. 32 O 3 gas is mixed with each other through the center portion.

關於旋轉該迴轉台2之機構,係圍繞該支柱101設置有迴轉套筒102並沿該迴轉套筒102而設置有環狀之迴轉台2。Regarding the mechanism for rotating the turntable 2, a swivel sleeve 102 is provided around the strut 101, and an annular turntable 2 is provided along the swivel sleeve 102.

接著,設置有可藉由該收納空間100內的馬達103來進行驅動的驅動齒輪部104,藉由該驅動齒輪部104,並透過形成於迴轉套筒102之下部外周緣的齒輪部105來旋轉該迴轉套筒102。符號106、107及108係軸承部。又,於該收納空間100之底部連接有沖洗氣體供給管74,同時於真空容器1之上部連接有沖洗氣體供給管75而用以將沖洗氣體供給至該凹部100a側面與迴轉套筒102上端部之間的空間內。圖26雖僅於左右2處繪出有用以將沖洗氣體供給至於該凹部100a側面與迴轉套筒102上端部之間的空間之開口部,但較佳地,應考慮並設計開口部(沖洗氣體供給口)之排列個數以使得BTBAS氣體與O3 氣體不會經由迴轉套筒102附近區域而相互混合。Next, a drive gear portion 104 that can be driven by the motor 103 in the housing space 100 is provided, and the drive gear portion 104 is rotated by the gear portion 105 formed on the outer periphery of the lower portion of the rotary sleeve 102. The rotary sleeve 102. Symbols 106, 107 and 108 are bearing portions. Further, a flushing gas supply pipe 74 is connected to the bottom of the storage space 100, and a flushing gas supply pipe 75 is connected to the upper portion of the vacuum vessel 1 for supplying flushing gas to the side surface of the recessed portion 100a and the upper end portion of the rotary sleeve 102. Between the spaces. 26 shows an opening portion for supplying a flushing gas to the space between the side surface of the concave portion 100a and the upper end portion of the rotary sleeve 102 only at the left and right sides, but preferably, the opening portion (flushing gas) should be considered and designed. The number of the supply ports is arranged such that the BTBAS gas and the O 3 gas do not mix with each other via the vicinity of the rotary sleeve 102.

圖26之實施形態中,從迴轉台2側觀之,該凹部100a的側面與迴轉套筒102的上端部之間的空間係相當於分離氣體噴出孔,然後,藉由該分離氣體噴出孔、迴轉套筒102及支柱101來構成位於該真空容器1之中心部的中心部區域。In the embodiment of Fig. 26, the space between the side surface of the recessed portion 100a and the upper end portion of the rotary sleeve 102 corresponds to the separation gas discharge hole as viewed from the side of the turntable 2, and then the separation gas discharge hole, The swivel sleeve 102 and the stay 101 constitute a central portion region located at the center of the vacuum vessel 1.

本發明並非限定於使用2種反應氣體,亦可適用於將3種以上之反應氣體依序供給至基板上的情況。此時,例如沿真空容器1之圓周方向依序設置有第1反應氣體噴嘴、分離氣體噴嘴、第2反應氣體噴嘴、分離氣體噴嘴、第3反應氣體噴嘴及分離氣體噴嘴等各氣體噴嘴,且將包含有各分離氣體噴嘴之分離區域由前述實施形態般來構成即可。此時,係於各自連接至供給有該等氣體之處理區域處設置有排氣通道與壓力計、閥門,並如前述般地針對各處理區域進行排氣流量(閥門前後之壓力差)之調整。The present invention is not limited to the use of two kinds of reaction gases, and may be applied to a case where three or more kinds of reaction gases are sequentially supplied to a substrate. In this case, for example, gas nozzles such as a first reaction gas nozzle, a separation gas nozzle, a second reaction gas nozzle, a separation gas nozzle, a third reaction gas nozzle, and a separation gas nozzle are sequentially provided in the circumferential direction of the vacuum chamber 1, and The separation region including the separation gas nozzles may be configured as in the above embodiment. At this time, an exhaust passage, a pressure gauge, a valve are provided at each of the treatment regions connected to the supply of the gases, and the exhaust flow rate (pressure difference before and after the valve) is adjusted for each treatment region as described above. .

關於使用了前述成膜裝置之基板處理裝置則如圖27所示。圖27中,符號111係可收納例如25片晶圓W而被稱作晶圓盒的密閉型搬送容器,符號112係設置有搬送手臂113的大氣搬送室,符號114、115係可於大氣氣氛與真空氣氛之間進行氣氛切換的加載互鎖室(真空預備室),符號116係設置有雙臂式搬送手臂117的真空側搬送室,符號118、119係本發明之成膜裝置。從外部將搬送容器111搬送至具備有載置台(圖中未顯示)的搬入搬出埠,並使其連接至大氣搬送室112後,藉由圖中未顯示之開閉機構來將蓋體打開並藉由搬送手臂113從該搬送容器111內將晶圓W取出。其次,將其搬入至加載互鎖室114(115)內,並使該室內由大氣氣氛切換成真空氣氛,然後藉由搬送手臂117來將晶圓W取出並搬入至成膜裝置118、119中任一者內,而進行前述之成膜處理。如前述,藉由具備有複數台(例如2台)例如5片處理用的本發明之成膜裝置,便可高產能地實施所謂之ALD(MLD)。The substrate processing apparatus using the above film forming apparatus is as shown in FIG. In Fig. 27, reference numeral 111 denotes a sealed transfer container which can store, for example, 25 wafers W, and is called a wafer cassette, and reference numeral 112 denotes an atmospheric transfer chamber in which the transfer arm 113 is provided, and symbols 114 and 115 can be used in an atmospheric atmosphere. A load lock chamber (vacuum preparation chamber) for switching the atmosphere between the vacuum atmosphere, a symbol 116 is provided with a vacuum side transfer chamber of the double-arm transfer arm 117, and reference numerals 118 and 119 are the film forming apparatuses of the present invention. The transfer container 111 is transported from the outside to a loading/unloading cassette provided with a mounting table (not shown), and is connected to the atmospheric transfer chamber 112, and then the lid body is opened and borrowed by an opening and closing mechanism not shown. The wafer W is taken out from the transfer container 111 by the transfer arm 113. Next, it is carried into the load lock chamber 114 (115), and the chamber is switched from the atmosphere to the vacuum atmosphere, and then the wafer W is taken out by the transfer arm 117 and carried into the film forming apparatuses 118, 119. In any of the above, the film forming treatment described above is carried out. As described above, by providing a film forming apparatus of the present invention having a plurality of (for example, two), for example, five sheets of processing, so-called ALD (MLD) can be performed with high productivity.

前述各範例中,為了使真空容器1內的各反應氣體之氣流穩定化,係調整各自介設於排氣通道63a、63b的閥門65a、65b之開口程度等,以使得流通於兩排氣通道63a、63b內的排氣氣體之流量比F達到設定值F1,但亦可調整閥門65a、65b之開口程度以縮小各處理區域91、92之壓力差。此時,關於具體之成膜裝置與成膜方法,則參考後述圖28~圖31進行說明。另外,與前述圖1相同之構成部位則賦予相同之符號並省略其說明。In each of the above examples, in order to stabilize the flow of the respective reaction gases in the vacuum chamber 1, the degree of opening of the valves 65a and 65b which are respectively disposed in the exhaust passages 63a and 63b is adjusted so as to flow through the two exhaust passages. The flow rate ratio F of the exhaust gas in 63a, 63b reaches the set value F1, but the degree of opening of the valves 65a, 65b can also be adjusted to reduce the pressure difference between the respective processing regions 91, 92. At this time, the specific film forming apparatus and film forming method will be described with reference to FIGS. 28 to 31 which will be described later. The same components as those in the above-mentioned FIG. 1 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and their description is omitted.

本範例中,如圖28所示,各自設置於排氣通道63a、63b的第1處理壓力檢測機構66a及第2處理壓力檢測機構66b係各自用以量測第1處理區域91及第2處理區域92的壓力。另外,本範例中,亦可無需於排氣通道63a、63b各自設置有第1壓力檢測機構67a及第2壓力檢測機構67b。In this example, as shown in FIG. 28, the first processing pressure detecting means 66a and the second processing pressure detecting means 66b provided in the exhaust passages 63a, 63b are each for measuring the first processing region 91 and the second processing. The pressure in area 92. Further, in this example, it is not necessary to provide the first pressure detecting mechanism 67a and the second pressure detecting mechanism 67b in each of the exhaust passages 63a and 63b.

又,如圖29所示,取代前述之氣體流量比F,將該等處理區域91、92所容許的壓力差Δp依各製程條件記憶於記憶體82。亦即,當真空容器1內之各處理區域91、92之間的壓力差Δp較大時,反應氣體便會有經由該等處理區域91、92之間的分離區域D而從壓力較高的區域流向壓力較低的區域之傾向,有時亦會使氣流不穩定,故本實施形態係藉由抑制各處理區域91、92之間的壓力差Δp來使得氣流穩定化。Further, as shown in FIG. 29, in place of the gas flow rate ratio F described above, the pressure difference Δp allowed for the processing regions 91 and 92 is stored in the memory 82 in accordance with each process condition. That is, when the pressure difference Δp between the processing regions 91, 92 in the vacuum vessel 1 is large, the reaction gas may have a higher pressure from the separation region D between the processing regions 91, 92. The tendency of the region to flow to a region having a low pressure may also cause the airflow to be unstable. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the airflow is stabilized by suppressing the pressure difference Δp between the respective processing regions 91 and 92.

本實施形態中,將氣流穩定化時,係與前述範例相同,如圖30所示,於步驟S13中在開始供給反應氣體之前,係使用氮氣來調整各閥門65a、65b之開口程度。關於使該氣流穩定化的方法與處理條件等,便參考圖31來說明其與前述第1實施形態之相異點,步驟S22係將壓力設定值P1以及各處理區域91、92之間的壓力差Δp之設定值Δp1各自設定為例如1067Pa(8Torr)及13.3Pa(0.1Torr)。接著,於步驟S24中,調整閥門65a之開口程度以使得真空容器1內之處理壓力(例如處理壓力檢測機構66a的壓力檢測值)達到設定值P1之後,於步驟S25中,讀取處理壓力檢測機構66a、66b的量測結果以判斷壓力差Δp是否在設定值Δp1以下。當壓力差Δp在設定值Δp1以下之情況,便前進至步驟S14之薄膜成膜處理,當壓力差Δp較設定值Δp1更大之情況,則調整閥門65b之開口程度,以使得壓力差Δp達到設定值Δp1以下(步驟S26)。接著,在處理壓力達到設定值P1之情況,便開始進行薄膜之成膜處理(步驟S27),如處理壓力未達到設定值P1之情況,便與前述範例相同地反覆進行步驟S24~步驟S27的製程,直到超過反覆時限t1(步驟S28)為止,抑或直到於步驟S25中之該壓力差Δp達到設定值Δp1以下,或於步驟S27中之該處理壓力達到設定值P1為止。In the present embodiment, when the airflow is stabilized, as in the above-described example, as shown in Fig. 30, before the supply of the reaction gas is started in step S13, the degree of opening of each of the valves 65a and 65b is adjusted by using nitrogen gas. Regarding the method of stabilizing the gas flow, the processing conditions, and the like, the difference from the first embodiment will be described with reference to Fig. 31, and the pressure setting value P1 and the pressure between the processing regions 91 and 92 are set in step S22. The set value Δp1 of the difference Δp is set to, for example, 1067 Pa (8 Torr) and 13.3 Pa (0.1 Torr). Next, in step S24, the degree of opening of the valve 65a is adjusted such that the processing pressure in the vacuum vessel 1 (for example, the pressure detection value of the processing pressure detecting mechanism 66a) reaches the set value P1, and in step S25, the reading processing pressure is detected. The measurement results of the mechanisms 66a, 66b determine whether the pressure difference Δp is below the set value Δp1. When the pressure difference Δp is below the set value Δp1, the process proceeds to the film forming process of step S14. When the pressure difference Δp is larger than the set value Δp1, the opening degree of the valve 65b is adjusted so that the pressure difference Δp is reached. The set value Δp1 is equal to or lower (step S26). Then, when the processing pressure reaches the set value P1, the film forming process of the film is started (step S27). If the process pressure does not reach the set value P1, the steps S24 to S27 are repeated in the same manner as the above-described example. The process is until the time limit t1 is exceeded (step S28), or until the pressure difference Δp in step S25 reaches the set value Δp1 or less, or the process pressure in step S27 reaches the set value P1.

然後,從氮氣切換成反應氣體並進行成膜處理,但由於經前述步驟S21~S28而使得各處理區域91、92之間的壓力差Δp係達到設定值Δp1以下,抑或使其穩定地落在非常接近該設定值Δp1的數值,故能讓真空容器1內之反應氣體(BATAS氣體、O3 氣體)的氣流呈穩定化。因此,能讓晶圓W上之BTBAS氣體的吸附狀態穩定化,同時能使得藉由O3 氣體來進行之吸附分子的氧化反應亦穩定化,其結果便可於晶圓W面內及面之間處獲得膜厚均勻而膜質均勻且良好的薄膜。再者,因可防止分離區域D兩側的排氣偏差,故能避免BTBAS氣體與O3 氣體經由分離區域D而相互混合。因此,能抑制於晶圓W表面以外處產生反應生成物,故可抑制微粒的產生。又再者,由於可縮小並抑制各處理區域91、92間的壓力差Δp,故當例如因迴轉台2之迴轉而使得晶圓W進入至處理區域91(92)時,抑或使其自處理區域91(92)離開時,晶圓W幾乎不會受到來自迴轉台2之上昇浮力。Then, the nitrogen gas is switched to the reaction gas to perform the film formation process. However, the pressure difference Δp between the respective processing regions 91 and 92 is equal to or lower than the set value Δp1 by the above steps S21 to S28, or is stably caused to fall thereon. Very close to the value of the set value Δp1, the flow of the reaction gas (BATAS gas, O 3 gas) in the vacuum vessel 1 can be stabilized. Therefore, the adsorption state of the BTBAS gas on the wafer W can be stabilized, and the oxidation reaction of the adsorption molecules by the O 3 gas can be stabilized, and the result can be in-plane and surface of the wafer W. A film having a uniform film thickness and a uniform film quality and good film was obtained. Further, since the exhaust gas deviation on both sides of the separation region D can be prevented, it is possible to prevent the BTBAS gas and the O 3 gas from being mixed with each other via the separation region D. Therefore, generation of a reaction product outside the surface of the wafer W can be suppressed, so that generation of fine particles can be suppressed. Further, since the pressure difference Δp between the processing regions 91 and 92 can be reduced and suppressed, when the wafer W enters the processing region 91 (92) due to, for example, the rotation of the turntable 2, the self-processing is performed. When the region 91 (92) leaves, the wafer W hardly receives the buoyancy from the turntable 2.

因此,能抑制晶圓W從凹部24處浮起或於凹部24內發生位置偏移等問題,故便可抑制例如晶圓W撞擊至頂板11或成膜狀態不佳等。Therefore, it is possible to suppress problems such as floating of the wafer W from the concave portion 24 or positional displacement in the concave portion 24, and it is possible to suppress, for example, the wafer W from hitting the top plate 11 or the film formation state being poor.

又,即使於例如因流通各反應氣體之區域(處理區域91、92)的大小差異或因形成於迴轉台2之凹部24等的影響,而使得各處理區域91、92之間產生了氣體流動難易度(傳導性)之差異的情況,由於縮小了處理區域91、92之間的壓力差Δp,因此可抑制前述般氣體流動之傳導性差異的影響而確實地使氣流穩定化。Further, even if, for example, a difference in the size of the region (processing regions 91, 92) through which the respective reaction gases flow or the concave portion 24 formed in the turntable 2 is affected, gas flow occurs between the respective processing regions 91, 92. In the case of the difference in the degree of difficulty (conductivity), since the pressure difference Δp between the processing regions 91 and 92 is reduced, the influence of the difference in conductivity of the gas flow can be suppressed, and the gas flow can be surely stabilized.

前述範例中,在測量各處理區域91、92的壓力時,係於排氣通道63a、63b處各自介設有處理壓力檢測機構66a、66b,但亦可設置在各自連通至處理區域91、92的區域處(例如真空容器1之側壁)。又,在調整各處理區域91、92之壓力時,如前述般地,可於調整閥門65a、65b之開口程度的同時亦調整真空泵64之轉速R。再者,亦可使得兩真空泵64a、64b形成共通化。又再者,前述步驟S24中,將真空容器1內之處理壓力設定為壓力設定值P1時,係使用處理壓力檢測機構66a的壓力檢測值來作為該處理壓力,但亦可使用處理壓力檢測機構66b的壓力檢測值,抑或可於真空容器1內額外設置檢測壓力用的檢測機構,並使用該檢測機構的檢測值。In the foregoing example, when the pressures of the respective processing regions 91 and 92 are measured, the processing pressure detecting mechanisms 66a and 66b are respectively disposed at the exhaust passages 63a and 63b, but may be disposed to communicate with the processing regions 91 and 92, respectively. The area (such as the side wall of the vacuum vessel 1). Further, when the pressure of each of the processing regions 91 and 92 is adjusted, the rotation speed R of the vacuum pump 64 can be adjusted while adjusting the degree of opening of the valves 65a and 65b as described above. Furthermore, the two vacuum pumps 64a, 64b can also be made common. Further, in the above step S24, when the processing pressure in the vacuum chamber 1 is set to the pressure setting value P1, the pressure detection value of the processing pressure detecting means 66a is used as the processing pressure, but the processing pressure detecting means may be used. The pressure detection value of 66b may be additionally provided with a detection mechanism for detecting pressure in the vacuum container 1, and the detection value of the detection mechanism is used.

又,本實施形態中,將氣流穩定化時,係調整各處理區域91、92之壓力以取代調整排氣氣體之流量比F的方法,但也可於調整排氣氣體之流量比F的同時亦調整處理區域91、92之壓力。具體說明,例如當真空容器1內產生壓力變動之可能性較高的情況,在例如開始將反應氣體供給至真空容器1內時(步驟S14中,從氮氣切換至反應氣體時)係調整各處理區域91、92的壓力,而待開始進行成膜處理並經過特定時間而使得真空容器1內之壓力穩定化後,再調整排氣氣體之流量比F亦可。此時,可使得真空容器1內之氣流更加穩定化,又,可抑制晶圓W的浮起。Further, in the present embodiment, when the airflow is stabilized, the pressure of each of the processing regions 91 and 92 is adjusted instead of adjusting the flow rate ratio F of the exhaust gas. However, the flow rate ratio F of the exhaust gas may be adjusted. The pressure of the treatment zones 91, 92 is also adjusted. Specifically, for example, when the possibility of pressure fluctuation in the vacuum vessel 1 is high, for example, when the reaction gas is started to be supplied into the vacuum vessel 1 (in step S14, when switching from nitrogen gas to the reaction gas), each process is adjusted. The pressure of the regions 91 and 92 is adjusted, and after the film forming process is started and the pressure in the vacuum vessel 1 is stabilized after a certain period of time, the flow rate ratio F of the exhaust gas may be adjusted. At this time, the airflow in the vacuum vessel 1 can be further stabilized, and the floating of the wafer W can be suppressed.

(第3實施形態)(Third embodiment)

依下述本發明之實施形態,在具備有迴轉台的真空容器內,係沿迴轉方向分離地形成供給有第1反應氣體的第1處理區域與供給有第2反應氣體的第2處理區域,在該等區域之間介設有用以從分離氣體供給機構供給分離氣體的分離區域,同時沿迴轉方向旋轉設置有複數個基板的迴轉台,藉由第1反應氣體及第2反應氣體來層積出反應生成物層以形成薄膜。According to the embodiment of the present invention, in the vacuum container including the turntable, the first processing region to which the first reaction gas is supplied and the second processing region to which the second reaction gas is supplied are separated in the rotation direction. A separation region for supplying the separation gas from the separation gas supply mechanism is interposed between the regions, and a turntable provided with a plurality of substrates is rotated in the rotation direction, and is laminated by the first reaction gas and the second reaction gas. The reaction product layer is taken out to form a film.

然後,進行前述製程時,係透過從該迴轉台之迴轉中心觀之,該排氣口係位在該第1處理區域與鄰接於迴轉方向下游側(相對該第1處理區域)的分離區域之間的第1排氣通道、以及從該迴轉台之迴轉中心觀之,該排氣口係位在該第2處理區域與鄰接於迴轉方向下游側(相對於該第2處理區域)的分離區域之間的第2排氣通道之各排氣口來進行真空排氣,同時其排氣系統(排氣通道、壓力控制機器及真空排氣機構)係相互獨立化,因此第1反應氣體與第2反應氣體不會有於排氣系統中相互混合之慮,故於排氣系統便無產生反應生成物之虞(抑或產生量非常少)。Then, when the process is performed, the exhaust port is located in the separation region of the first processing region and the downstream side (relative to the first processing region) adjacent to the rotation direction when viewed from the center of rotation of the turntable. The first exhaust passage between the first exhaust passage and the center of rotation of the turntable are located in the second processing region and a separate region adjacent to the downstream side of the swing direction (relative to the second processing region) The exhaust ports of the second exhaust passage are vacuum-exhausted, and the exhaust system (exhaust passage, pressure control device, and vacuum exhaust mechanism) are independent of each other, so the first reaction gas and the first 2 The reaction gas does not have to be mixed with each other in the exhaust system, so that no reaction product is produced in the exhaust system (or the amount generated is very small).

又,藉由設置有位於分離氣體供給機構之該迴轉方向兩側、且用來與迴轉台之間形成可讓分離氣體從該分離區域流向處理區域側之狹隘空間的頂面,以阻止該反應氣體侵入至分離區域,並由為了分離第1處理區域與第2處理區域之間的氣氛而位於真空容器內的中心部、且形成有使分離氣體朝向迴轉台的基板載置面側噴出之噴出孔的中心部區域朝向迴轉台周緣噴出分離氣體。其結果便可防止該相異的反應氣體經由該中心部區域而相互混合,可進行良好之成膜處理,同時完全不會產生反應生成物(抑或積極抑制),故可抑制微粒之產生。Further, the reaction is blocked by providing a top surface on both sides of the separation direction of the separation gas supply mechanism for forming a narrow space between the rotary table and the separation gas from the separation region to the treatment region side. The gas enters the separation region, and is disposed in the center portion of the vacuum container in order to separate the atmosphere between the first processing region and the second processing region, and is formed to eject the separation gas toward the substrate mounting surface side of the turntable. The central portion of the hole ejects the separation gas toward the periphery of the turntable. As a result, it is possible to prevent the different reactive gases from being mixed with each other through the central portion region, and it is possible to perform a good film formation treatment without causing a reaction product (or positive suppression) at all, so that generation of fine particles can be suppressed.

本發明實施形態的成膜裝置如圖32(沿圖34中I-I’線之剖面圖)所示,係具備有俯視形狀概略為圓形的扁平狀真空容器201、以及設置於該真空容器201內且其迴轉中心係位於該真空容器201之中心處的迴轉台202。真空容器201係頂板211可由容器本體212分離的結構。藉由其內部之減壓狀態,頂板211係透過安裝在該容器本體212上方面的密封組件(例如O型環213)而朝向容器本體212側推壓以維持氣密狀態。欲自容器本體212處將頂板211分離時,則係藉由圖中未顯示的驅動機構來朝上方抬起。As shown in FIG. 32 (a cross-sectional view taken along line I-I' in FIG. 34), the film forming apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a flat vacuum container 201 having a circular shape in plan view, and a vacuum container provided in the vacuum container. Within the 201 and its center of rotation is the turntable 202 located at the center of the vacuum vessel 201. The vacuum vessel 201 is a structure in which the top plate 211 can be separated by the container body 212. The top plate 211 is urged toward the container body 212 side by a sealing member (for example, an O-ring 213) mounted on the container body 212 to maintain an airtight state by its internal decompression state. When the top plate 211 is to be separated from the container body 212, it is lifted upward by a drive mechanism not shown.

迴轉台202係以中心部被固定在圓筒形狀的軸心部221上,該軸心部221係被固定於朝鉛直方向延伸的迴轉軸222之上端部。迴轉軸222係貫通真空容器201之底面部214,且其下端部係安裝在能使該迴轉軸222繞鉛直軸旋轉(本範例係順時鐘方向)的驅動部223上。迴轉軸222及驅動部223係被收納在上方面具有開口的筒狀殼體220內。該殼體220係以上方面所設置的法蘭部分氣密地安裝在真空容器201之底面部214的下方面,以使得殼體220之內部氣氛與外部氣氛係維持氣密狀態。The turntable 202 is fixed to a cylindrical axial portion 221 at a central portion thereof, and the axial portion 221 is fixed to an upper end portion of the rotary shaft 222 that extends in the vertical direction. The rotary shaft 222 passes through the bottom surface portion 214 of the vacuum vessel 201, and its lower end portion is attached to a drive portion 223 that can rotate the rotary shaft 222 about a vertical axis (clockwise direction in this example). The rotary shaft 222 and the drive unit 223 are housed in a cylindrical casing 220 having an opening in the upper direction. The housing 220 is hermetically mounted on the lower side of the bottom surface portion 214 of the vacuum container 201 so that the internal atmosphere of the housing 220 and the external atmosphere are maintained in an airtight state.

迴轉台202之表面部係設置有能如圖33及圖34所示般地沿迴轉方向(圓周方向)載置複數片(例如5片)基板(晶圓W)的圓形凹部224。另外,為了方便,圖34中僅於1個凹部224處繪有晶圓W。此處之圖35A及35B係沿同心圓將迴轉台202切斷後橫向展開的展開圖,如圖35A所示,凹部224之直徑係較晶圓W之直徑稍大(例如4mm),又,其深度係設定為等同於晶圓W之厚度的大小尺寸。因此當晶圓W置入凹部224後,晶圓W之表面與迴轉台2之表面(未載置有晶圓W的區域)會齊高。由於當晶圓W表面與迴轉台202表面之間的高度差過大會因該段差部分而產生壓力變動,因此就能使膜厚之面內均勻性達到均勻之觀點,晶圓W表面與迴轉台202表面之高度齊高者較佳。所謂使得晶圓W表面與迴轉台202表面之高度齊高係指使其為相同高度抑或使該兩面之差距在5mm以內,較佳地應根據加工精度盡可能地使該兩面之高度差接近於零。凹部224之底面係形成有貫通孔(圖中未顯示),該貫通孔係供例如後述之3根昇降銷貫穿而支撐晶圓W之內面來讓該晶圓W進行昇降。The surface of the turntable 202 is provided with a circular recess 224 in which a plurality of (for example, five) substrates (wafers W) are placed in the rotation direction (circumferential direction) as shown in FIGS. 33 and 34. In addition, for convenience, the wafer W is drawn in only one recess 224 in FIG. 35A and 35B are development views in which the turntable 202 is cut along a concentric circle and then expanded laterally. As shown in FIG. 35A, the diameter of the recess 224 is slightly larger than the diameter of the wafer W (for example, 4 mm), and The depth system is set to be equal to the size of the thickness of the wafer W. Therefore, when the wafer W is placed in the concave portion 224, the surface of the wafer W and the surface of the turntable 2 (the region where the wafer W is not placed) are aligned. Since the difference in height between the surface of the wafer W and the surface of the turntable 202 is excessive due to the pressure variation of the step portion, the uniformity of the in-plane thickness of the film can be made uniform, and the surface of the wafer W and the turntable It is preferred that the height of the surface of 202 is high. The height of the surface of the wafer W and the surface of the turntable 202 is such that the height is equal to or less than 5 mm. Preferably, the height difference between the two surfaces is close to zero according to the processing accuracy. . A through hole (not shown) is formed in the bottom surface of the recessed portion 224. The through hole is formed by, for example, three lift pins described later, and supports the inner surface of the wafer W to raise and lower the wafer W.

凹部224係用以定位晶圓W,使其不會因迴轉台202之旋轉所產生的離心力而飛出,係相當於本發明之基板載置區域,但是該基板載置區域(晶圓載置區域)非限定為凹部,亦可為例如在迴轉台202表面處沿晶圓W之圓周方向排列有複數個導引晶圓W之周緣部的導引組件,抑或於迴轉台202側設置靜電夾持器等夾持器機構來吸附晶圓W之情況,藉由該吸著而載置有晶圓W的區域即為基板載置區域。The recess 224 is used to position the wafer W so as not to fly out due to the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the turntable 202, which corresponds to the substrate mounting area of the present invention, but the substrate mounting area (wafer mounting area) It is not limited to a concave portion, and may be, for example, a guide assembly in which a plurality of peripheral portions of the guide wafer W are arranged in the circumferential direction of the wafer W at the surface of the turntable 202, or electrostatic chucking is provided on the rotary table 202 side. When the holder W mechanism adsorbs the wafer W, the region in which the wafer W is placed by the suction is the substrate placement region.

如圖33及圖34所示,真空容器201係在各自對向於迴轉台202之凹部224所通過區域的上方位置處,沿真空容器201之圓周方向(迴轉台202之迴轉方向)相互間隔地從中心部呈放射狀地延伸出有第1反應氣體噴嘴231、第2反應氣體噴嘴232以及2根分離氣體噴嘴241、242。該等反應氣體噴嘴231、232及分離氣體噴嘴241、242係安裝在例如真空容器201之側周壁處,且其根端部的氣體導入埠231a、232a、241a、242a係貫穿該側壁。As shown in FIGS. 33 and 34, the vacuum container 201 is spaced apart from each other in the circumferential direction of the vacuum vessel 201 (the turning direction of the turntable 202) at a position above the region through which the concave portion 224 of the turntable 202 passes. The first reaction gas nozzle 231, the second reaction gas nozzle 232, and the two separation gas nozzles 241 and 242 are radially extended from the center portion. The reaction gas nozzles 231 and 232 and the separation gas nozzles 241 and 242 are attached to, for example, the side wall of the vacuum vessel 201, and the gas introduction ports 231a, 232a, 241a, and 242a at the root end portion penetrate the side wall.

圖示之範例中,該等反應氣體噴嘴231、232以及分離氣體噴嘴241、242係從真空容器201之周壁部導入至真空容器201內,但亦可從後述之環狀突出部205導入。此時,可採用在突出部205之外周緣面與頂板211之外表面處係設置具有開口的L型導管,於真空容器201內部之L型導管的一側開口係連接至氣體噴嘴231(232、241、242),而於真空容器201外部之L型導管的另側開口則連接至氣體導入埠231a(232a、241a、242a)的結構。In the illustrated example, the reaction gas nozzles 231 and 232 and the separation gas nozzles 241 and 242 are introduced into the vacuum vessel 201 from the peripheral wall portion of the vacuum vessel 201, but may be introduced from an annular projecting portion 205 which will be described later. At this time, an L-shaped conduit having an opening may be provided on the outer peripheral surface of the protruding portion 205 and the outer surface of the top plate 211, and one side opening of the L-shaped conduit inside the vacuum vessel 201 is connected to the gas nozzle 231 (232 241, 242), and the other side opening of the L-shaped duct outside the vacuum vessel 201 is connected to the structure of the gas introduction port 231a (232a, 241a, 242a).

反應氣體噴嘴231、232係各自連接至第1反應氣體(BTBAS;二(特丁胺基)矽烷)之氣體供給源及第2反應氣體(O3 ;臭氧)之氣體供給源(圖中皆未顯示),分離氣體噴嘴241、242皆連接至分離氣體(N2 ;氮氣)之氣體供給源(圖中未顯示)。又,各反應氣體噴嘴231、232亦連接至N2 氣體之氣體供給源,而可在開始運行成膜裝置時將作為壓力調節用氣體的N2 氣體供給至各處理區域200P1、200P2。本範例係以第2反應氣體噴嘴232、分離氣體噴嘴241、第1反應氣體噴嘴231及分離氣體噴嘴242之順序繞順時鐘而排列設置。The reaction gas nozzles 231 and 232 are each connected to a gas supply source of a first reaction gas (BTBAS; bis(tert-butyl) decane) and a gas supply source of a second reaction gas (O 3 ; ozone) (not shown in the drawings) It is shown that the separation gas nozzles 241, 242 are all connected to a gas supply source (not shown) of the separation gas (N 2 ; nitrogen). Further, each of the reaction gas nozzles 231 and 232 is also connected to the gas supply source of the N 2 gas, and the N 2 gas as the pressure adjustment gas can be supplied to each of the processing regions 200P1 and 200P2 when the film forming apparatus is started to be operated. In the present example, the second reaction gas nozzle 232, the separation gas nozzle 241, the first reaction gas nozzle 231, and the separation gas nozzle 242 are arranged in a clockwise manner.

反應氣體噴嘴231、232係沿該噴嘴之長度方向而間隔地排列設置有使反應氣體朝下方側噴出用的氣體噴出孔233。又,分離氣體噴嘴241、242係沿其長度方向而間隔地貫穿設置有使分離氣體朝下方側噴出用的噴出孔240。反應氣體噴嘴231、232各自相當於第1反應氣體供給機構及第2反應氣體供給機構,而其下方區域則各自成為讓BTBAS氣體吸附於晶圓W用的第1處理區域200P1以及讓O3 氣體吸附於晶圓W用的第2處理區域200P2。The reaction gas nozzles 231 and 232 are provided with gas ejection holes 233 for discharging the reaction gas toward the lower side in the longitudinal direction of the nozzle. Further, the separation gas nozzles 241 and 242 are provided with discharge holes 240 for discharging the separation gas toward the lower side at intervals in the longitudinal direction. Each of the reaction gas nozzles 231 and 232 corresponds to the first reaction gas supply mechanism and the second reaction gas supply mechanism, and the lower region is a first treatment region 200P1 for allowing the BTBAS gas to be adsorbed on the wafer W and the O 3 gas. The second processing region 200P2 for the wafer W is adsorbed.

分離氣體噴嘴241、242係相當於供給N2 氣體以形成分離該第1處理區域200P1與第2處理區域200P2之氣氛的分離區域200D用的分離氣體供給機構,該分離區域200D中,真空容器201之頂板211如圖33~圖35B所示,係設置有朝下方突出之俯視形狀呈扇形的凸狀部204,該凸狀部係以迴轉台202之迴轉中心為中心且將沿著真空容器201之內周緣壁附近所描繪之圓於圓周方向分割所形成的。分離氣體噴嘴241、242係收納在該凸狀部204中以該圓之圓周方向中央朝該圓之半徑方向延伸所形成的溝部243內。即,從分離氣體噴嘴241、242之中心軸至凸狀部204的扇型兩邊緣(迴轉方向上游側邊緣及下游側邊緣)的距離係設定為相同長度。The separation gas nozzles 241 and 242 correspond to a separation gas supply mechanism for supplying the N 2 gas to form the separation region 200D separating the atmosphere of the first processing region 200P1 and the second processing region 200P2. In the separation region 200D, the vacuum container 201 As shown in FIGS. 33 to 35B, the top plate 211 is provided with a convex portion 204 having a fan shape in a plan view protruding downward, and the convex portion is centered on the center of rotation of the turntable 202 and will be along the vacuum container 201. The circle drawn near the inner peripheral wall is formed by dividing the circle in the circumferential direction. The separation gas nozzles 241 and 242 are housed in the convex portion 204 in the groove portion 243 formed by extending the center in the circumferential direction of the circle in the radial direction of the circle. That is, the distance from the center axis of the separation gas nozzles 241 and 242 to the fan-shaped edges (the upstream side edge and the downstream side edge in the rotation direction) of the convex portion 204 is set to be the same length.

另外,於本實施形態中,溝部243係將凸狀部204二等分而形成的,但是於其他實施形態中,亦可形成例如從溝部243觀之,該凸狀部204於迴轉台202之迴轉方向上游側係較該迴轉方向下游側更為寬廣的溝部243。Further, in the present embodiment, the groove portion 243 is formed by dividing the convex portion 204 into two equal parts. However, in another embodiment, the groove portion 243 may be formed, for example, from the groove portion 243, and the convex portion 204 may be formed on the turntable 202. The upstream side in the turning direction is a wider groove portion 243 than the downstream side in the turning direction.

因此,於分離氣體噴嘴241、242之該圓周方向兩側係具有例如平坦之較低頂面244(第1頂面;即該凸狀部204之下方面),且於該頂面244之該圓周方向兩側係具有較該頂面244更高的頂面245(第2頂面)。該凸狀部204之功能係形成用以阻止第1反應氣體及第2反應氣體侵入至其與迴轉台202之間,並阻止該等反應氣體相互混合的狹隘空間(分離空間)。Therefore, on both sides of the separation gas nozzles 241, 242 in the circumferential direction, for example, a flat lower top surface 244 (the first top surface; that is, below the convex portion 204) is disposed on the top surface 244. Both sides in the circumferential direction have a top surface 245 (second top surface) higher than the top surface 244. The function of the convex portion 204 is to form a narrow space (separation space) for preventing the first reaction gas and the second reaction gas from entering between the turntable 202 and preventing the reaction gases from mixing with each other.

亦即,以分離氣體噴嘴241為例,其係能阻止來自迴轉台202之迴轉方向上游側的O3 氣體之侵入,又,亦能阻止來自迴轉方向下游側的BTBAS氣體之侵入。所謂「阻止氣體侵入」係指從分離氣體噴嘴241所噴出之分離氣體(N2 氣體)會擴散至第1頂面244與迴轉台202表面之間,本範例中係吹出至鄰接於該第1頂面244的第2頂面245之下方側空間,藉以使得氣體無法自該鄰接空間處侵入。然後,所謂「使得氣體無法侵入」並非僅指完全無法自鄰接空間進入凸狀部204下方側空間之情況,亦指或許多少仍會侵入,但是能保持於各自從兩側侵入之O3 氣體及BTBAS氣體不會在凸狀部204內部相互混合的狀態之情況,只要能達到前述作用便可發揮分離區域200D之功能,即發揮分離第1處理區域200P1之氣氛與第2處理區域200P2之氣氛的分離作用。因此,該狹隘空間之狹隘的程度係設定為能確保狹隘空間(凸狀部204之下方空間)與鄰接於該空間之區域(本範例係指第2頂面245之下方空間)間的壓力差可發揮「使得氣體無法侵入」之作用的大小尺寸,該具體尺寸會依凸狀部204之面積等而有所不同。又,當然地,吸附於晶圓W之氣體係能通過該分離區域200D內部,所謂之阻止氣體侵入係指氣相中的氣體。In other words, the separation gas nozzle 241 can prevent the intrusion of the O 3 gas from the upstream side in the rotation direction of the turntable 202, and can also prevent the intrusion of the BTBAS gas from the downstream side in the rotation direction. The term "blocking gas intrusion" means that the separated gas (N 2 gas) ejected from the separation gas nozzle 241 is diffused between the first top surface 244 and the surface of the turntable 202, and is blown to the first in this example. The space below the second top surface 245 of the top surface 244 is such that gas cannot enter from the adjacent space. Then, the phrase "making the gas incapable of invading" does not mean that it is completely incapable of entering the space below the convex portion 204 from the adjacent space, and it may mean that it may still invade much, but it can remain in the O 3 gas which is invaded from both sides and When the BTBAS gas does not mix with each other inside the convex portion 204, the function of the separation region 200D can be exhibited as long as the above-described action can be achieved, that is, the atmosphere separating the first processing region 200P1 and the atmosphere of the second processing region 200P2 can be exhibited. Separation. Therefore, the narrowness of the narrow space is set to ensure a pressure difference between the narrow space (the space below the convex portion 204) and the region adjacent to the space (this example refers to the space below the second top surface 245). The size and size of the effect of "the gas cannot be invaded" can be exerted, and the specific size differs depending on the area of the convex portion 204 and the like. Further, of course, the gas system adsorbed on the wafer W can pass through the inside of the separation region 200D, so as to prevent gas from invading the gas in the gas phase.

另一方面,如圖36、圖38所示,沿該軸心部221之外周緣而於頂板211之下方面設置有突出部205以使其面向該迴轉台202之位於軸心部221外周緣側的部位。如圖36所示,該突出部205係與凸狀部204之位於迴轉台202迴轉中心側的部位連續形成,且其下方面形成為與凸狀部204下方面(頂面244)相同的高度。圖33及圖34係從較該頂面245更低且較分離氣體噴嘴241、242更高的位置處將頂板211沿水平切斷的圖式。另外,突出部205與凸狀部204並未限定一定要形成一體,亦可為各別之個體。On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 36 and 38, a projection 205 is provided along the outer periphery of the axial center portion 221 below the top plate 211 so as to face the outer periphery of the pivot portion 202 of the pivot portion 202. The side part. As shown in FIG. 36, the protruding portion 205 is continuously formed at a portion of the convex portion 204 on the rotation center side of the turntable 202, and the lower portion thereof is formed at the same height as the lower portion (top surface 244) of the convex portion 204. . 33 and 34 are diagrams of cutting the top plate 211 horizontally from a position lower than the top surface 245 and higher than the separation gas nozzles 241, 242. In addition, the protruding portion 205 and the convex portion 204 are not necessarily defined to be integrally formed, and may be individual individuals.

關於凸狀部204及分離氣體噴嘴241(242)之組合結構的製作方法,並非限定為在作為凸狀部204的1片扇型板的中央處形成溝部243,再於該溝部243內設置分離氣體噴嘴241(242)的結構,亦可為使用2片扇型板並藉由螺絲鎖固等方式將其固定在頂板本體下方面之分離氣體噴嘴241(242)兩側位置處的結構。The manufacturing method of the combined structure of the convex portion 204 and the separation gas nozzle 241 (242) is not limited to the formation of the groove portion 243 at the center of one of the fan-shaped plates as the convex portion 204, and the separation portion is provided in the groove portion 243. The structure of the gas nozzle 241 (242) may be a structure in which two fan-shaped plates are used and fixed to the both sides of the separation gas nozzle 241 (242) in the lower side of the top plate body by screwing or the like.

本範例中,分離氣體噴嘴241(242)係沿該噴嘴之長度方向以例如10mm的間隔而排列設置有面向正下方之例如孔徑為0.5mm的噴出孔。又,第1反應氣體噴嘴231係沿該噴嘴之長度方向以例如10mm的間隔而排列設置有面向正下方之例如孔徑為0.5mm的噴出孔。In the present example, the separation gas nozzles 241 (242) are arranged at intervals of, for example, 10 mm along the longitudinal direction of the nozzles, and are disposed with a discharge hole having a diameter of 0.5 mm directly below. Further, the first reaction gas nozzles 231 are arranged at intervals of, for example, 10 mm in the longitudinal direction of the nozzles, and are provided with discharge holes having a diameter of 0.5 mm, for example, directly below.

本範例中,係以直徑300mm的晶圓W作為被處理基板,則此時凸狀部204在位於距迴轉中心例如140mm的部位(與後述突出部5之邊界部位)處,其圓周方向之長度(迴轉台202之同心圓的圓弧長度)為例如146mm,而在位於晶圓W載置區域(凹部224)之最外側的部位處,其圓周方向之長度為例如502mm。另外,如圖35A所示,於該外側部位處,各自位在分離氣體噴嘴241(242)之左右兩側位置的凸狀部204之圓周方向的長度為L,則長度L為246mm。In this example, the wafer W having a diameter of 300 mm is used as the substrate to be processed. In this case, the length of the convex portion 204 at a position of, for example, 140 mm from the center of rotation (the boundary portion with the protruding portion 5 described later) is the length in the circumferential direction. (the arc length of the concentric circle of the turntable 202) is, for example, 146 mm, and the length in the circumferential direction is, for example, 502 mm at the outermost portion of the wafer W mounting region (recessed portion 224). Further, as shown in Fig. 35A, at the outer portion, the length of the convex portion 204 at each of the left and right sides of the separation gas nozzle 241 (242) in the circumferential direction is L, and the length L is 246 mm.

又,如圖35B所示,凸狀部204之下方面(即頂面244)距迴轉台202表面之高度h可為例如0.5mm至10mm,以約4mm者較佳。此時,迴轉台202之轉速係設定為例如1rpm~500rpm。為了確保分離區域200D之分離機能,係對應迴轉台202轉速的使用範圍等再根據例如實驗等來設定該凸狀部204的大小以及凸狀部204下方面(第1頂面244)與迴轉台202表面之間的高度h。另外,作為該分離氣體並非限定於N2 而亦可使用Ar等非活性氣體等,但並非限定於非活性氣體而亦可使用氫氣等,只要是不會影響成膜處理的氣體,對於氣體之種類並無特別限制。Further, as shown in Fig. 35B, the height h below the convex portion 204 (i.e., the top surface 244) from the surface of the turntable 202 may be, for example, 0.5 mm to 10 mm, preferably about 4 mm. At this time, the rotation speed of the turntable 202 is set to, for example, 1 rpm to 500 rpm. In order to ensure the separation function of the separation region 200D, the size of the convex portion 204 and the lower portion of the convex portion 204 (the first top surface 244) and the turntable are set according to, for example, experiments, etc., depending on the use range of the rotational speed of the turntable 202, and the like. The height h between the 202 surfaces. In addition, the separation gas is not limited to N 2 , and an inert gas such as Ar may be used. However, it is not limited to the inert gas, and hydrogen gas or the like may be used as long as it does not affect the film formation process. There are no special restrictions on the types.

真空容器201之頂板211的下方面(即,從迴轉台202之晶圓載置區域(凹部224)所見之頂面)如前述般地係沿圓周方向而具有第1頂面244以及高度較該頂面244更高的第2頂面245,圖32係設置有較高頂面245之區域的縱剖面圖,圖36係設置有較低頂面244之區域的縱剖面圖。扇型凸狀部204之周緣部(真空容器201之外緣側部位)如圖33及圖36所示,係形成有面向迴轉台202之外端面而彎曲呈L型的彎曲部246。扇型之凸狀部204係設置於頂板211側,且由於可自容器本體212處取下,因此在該迴轉台202的外端面與彎曲部206的內周緣面之間、以及在彎曲部246的外周緣面與容器本體212的內周緣面之間係具有微小之間隙。此處,與凸狀部204相同地,該彎曲部246係預防反應氣體自兩側侵入以防止兩反應氣體相互混合為目的而設置的,彎曲部246內周緣面與迴轉台202外端面之間的間隙,係設定為例如與面向迴轉台202表面之頂面244的高度h相同。亦即,本範例中,從迴轉台202之表面側區域觀之,彎曲部246之內周緣面係構成了真空容器201之內周緣壁。The lower side of the top plate 211 of the vacuum vessel 201 (i.e., the top surface seen from the wafer mounting area (recess 224) of the turntable 202) has a first top surface 244 and a height in the circumferential direction as described above. The second top surface 245 having a higher surface 244, FIG. 32 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the region in which the upper top surface 245 is disposed, and FIG. 36 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the region in which the lower top surface 244 is disposed. As shown in FIGS. 33 and 36, a peripheral portion of the fan-shaped convex portion 204 (a portion on the outer edge side of the vacuum container 201) is formed with a curved portion 246 which is curved in an L shape so as to face the outer end surface of the turntable 202. The fan-shaped convex portion 204 is provided on the top plate 211 side, and since it can be removed from the container body 212, between the outer end surface of the turntable 202 and the inner peripheral surface of the curved portion 206, and at the curved portion 246 There is a slight gap between the outer peripheral surface and the inner peripheral surface of the container body 212. Here, similarly to the convex portion 204, the curved portion 246 is provided for the purpose of preventing the reaction gas from intruding from both sides to prevent the two reaction gases from being mixed with each other, and between the inner peripheral surface of the curved portion 246 and the outer end surface of the turntable 202. The gap is set to be, for example, the same as the height h of the top surface 244 facing the surface of the turntable 202. That is, in the present example, the inner peripheral surface of the curved portion 246 constitutes the inner peripheral wall of the vacuum vessel 201 as viewed from the surface side region of the turntable 202.

於分離區域200D處,容器本體212之內周緣壁如圖36所示,係接近至該彎曲部246之外周緣面而形成為垂直面,但是於分離區域200D以外的部位,如圖32所示,從例如面向迴轉台202外端面的部位橫越至底面部214而切割成縱剖面形狀為矩形之朝外方側凹陷的構造。於該凹陷部位處,迴轉台202的周緣與容器本體212的內周緣壁之間的間隙係各自連通至第1處理區域200P1及第2處理區域200P2,而可將供給至各處理區域200P1、200P2的反應氣體排出之結構。該等間隙係各自稱作第1排氣區域200E1及第2排氣區域200E2,於第1排氣區域200E1及第2排氣區域200E2之底部(亦即,迴轉台202之下方側)如圖32及圖34所示,係各自形成有第1排氣口261及第2排氣口262。In the separation region 200D, the inner peripheral wall of the container body 212 is formed as a vertical surface as shown in FIG. 36 to the outer peripheral surface of the curved portion 246, but a portion other than the separation region 200D is as shown in FIG. For example, the portion facing the outer end surface of the turntable 202 is traversed to the bottom surface portion 214, and is cut into a structure in which the longitudinal cross-sectional shape is rectangular and the outer side is recessed. At the recessed portion, the gap between the periphery of the turntable 202 and the inner peripheral wall of the container body 212 is communicated to the first processing region 200P1 and the second processing region 200P2, respectively, and can be supplied to the respective processing regions 200P1, 200P2. The structure of the reaction gas discharge. The gaps are referred to as a first exhaust region 200E1 and a second exhaust region 200E2, respectively, and the bottom portions of the first exhaust region 200E1 and the second exhaust region 200E2 (that is, the lower side of the turntable 202) are as shown in the figure. As shown in FIG. 32 and FIG. 34, the first exhaust port 261 and the second exhaust port 262 are formed.

如圖40所示,例如以俯視觀察時,該等排氣口261、262係設置於該分離區域200D(凸狀部204)之該迴轉方向兩側,專門用來進行各反應氣體(BTBAS氣體及O3 氣體)的排氣以讓分離區域D能確實發揮其分離作用。本範例中,一側之排氣口261係設置在第1反應氣體噴嘴231以及鄰接於該迴轉方向下游側(相對於該反應氣體噴嘴231)的分離區域200D之間處,又,另側之排氣口262係設置在第2反應氣體噴嘴232以及鄰接於該迴轉方向下游側(相對於該反應氣體噴嘴232)的分離區域200D之間處。As shown in FIG. 40, for example, in a plan view, the exhaust ports 261, 262 are disposed on both sides of the rotation direction of the separation region 200D (the convex portion 204), and are specifically used for performing each reaction gas (BTBAS gas). And the exhaust of the O 3 gas) so that the separation region D can surely exert its separation action. In this example, one side of the exhaust port 261 is provided between the first reaction gas nozzle 231 and the separation region 200D adjacent to the downstream side of the rotation direction (relative to the reaction gas nozzle 231), and the other side The exhaust port 262 is provided between the second reaction gas nozzle 232 and the separation region 200D adjacent to the downstream side of the rotation direction (relative to the reaction gas nozzle 232).

換言之,如圖34所示,從迴轉台202之迴轉中心觀之,第1排氣通道263a之排氣口261係位在第1處理區域200P1以及相對該區域200P1而鄰接於例如迴轉台202之迴轉方向下游側的分離區域200D(圖34中係相當於設置有分離氣體噴嘴242的凸狀部204所覆蓋之區域)之間處。亦即,係位在圖34中一點鏈線所示的迴轉台202中心與第1處理區域200P1所連通之直線L1、以及迴轉台202中心與鄰接於該第1處理區域200P1下游側之分離區域200D的上游側邊緣所連通的直線L2之間處。又,從該迴轉中心觀之,第2排氣通道263b之排氣口262係位在第2處理區域200P2以及相對該區域200P2而鄰接於例如迴轉台202之迴轉方向下游側的分離區域200D(圖34中係相當於設置有分離氣體噴嘴241之凸狀部204所覆蓋的區域)之間處。亦即,係位於圖34中二點鏈線所示的迴轉台202中心與第2處理區域200P2所連通之直線L3、以及迴轉台202中心與鄰接於該第2處理區域200P2下游側之分離區域200D的上游側邊緣所連通的直線L4之間處。In other words, as shown in FIG. 34, the exhaust port 261 of the first exhaust passage 263a is located in the first processing region 200P1 and is adjacent to the region 200P1 and is adjacent to, for example, the turntable 202, as viewed from the center of rotation of the turntable 202. The separation region 200D on the downstream side in the rotation direction (corresponding to the region covered by the convex portion 204 in which the separation gas nozzle 242 is provided in FIG. 34) is located. That is, the line L1 that is in communication with the first processing region 200P1 at the center of the turntable 202 shown by the one-dot chain line in FIG. 34, and the center of the turntable 202 and the separated region adjacent to the downstream side of the first processing region 200P1. Between the line L2 that the upstream side edge of the 200D is connected to. Further, the exhaust port 262 of the second exhaust passage 263b is positioned in the second processing region 200P2 and the separation region 200D adjacent to the downstream side in the rotation direction of the turntable 202, for example, in the second processing region 200P2. In Fig. 34, it is located between the area covered by the convex portion 204 where the separation gas nozzle 241 is provided. That is, the line L3 which is located at the center of the turntable 202 and the second processing area 200P2 shown by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 34, and the center of the turntable 202 and the separated area adjacent to the downstream side of the second processing area 200P2. The line between the straight line L4 where the upstream side edge of 200D is connected.

但是,設置該等第1、第2排氣口261、262的位置並非限定於真空容器201之底面部,亦可設置於真空容器201之側壁處。然後,將排氣口261、262設置於真空容器201之側壁的情況,其亦可設置於較迴轉台202更高位置處。藉由設置前述排氣口261、262能讓迴轉台202上方的氣體朝向迴轉台202外側流動,因此相較於從面向迴轉台202之頂面處進行排氣之情況,本結構就能抑制微粒之揚起的觀點係為有利的。However, the position at which the first and second exhaust ports 261 and 262 are provided is not limited to the bottom surface portion of the vacuum container 201, and may be provided at the side wall of the vacuum container 201. Then, the exhaust ports 261, 262 are disposed on the side walls of the vacuum vessel 201, which may also be disposed at a higher position than the turntable 202. By providing the exhaust ports 261, 262, the gas above the turntable 202 can flow toward the outside of the turntable 202, so that the structure can suppress particles compared to the exhaust from the top surface of the turntable 202. The idea of raising is advantageous.

如圖32所示,第1排氣口261係經由第1排氣通道263a而連接至由連續設置例如機械升壓泵與乾泵所構成的真空泵264a,且於該等排氣口261與真空泵264a之間係介設有第1壓力調節機構265a。第1壓力調節機構265a係由壓力調節閥(由例如蝶閥所組成)、開關該壓力調節閥的馬達、以及控制該馬達之動作的現場型控制器所構成(圖中皆未顯示),而構成能根據設置在該壓力調節機構265a上游側之排氣通道263a的壓力計266a所檢測之結果來進行壓力調節的APC(Auto Pressure Controller)。此處之真空泵264a係相當於第1真空排氣機構,以下,將第1排氣通道263a、第1壓力調節機構265a以及真空泵264a統稱為第1排氣系統。As shown in FIG. 32, the first exhaust port 261 is connected to a vacuum pump 264a including a mechanical booster pump and a dry pump continuously, via the first exhaust passage 263a, and is connected to the vacuum pump 261 and the vacuum pump. A first pressure adjusting mechanism 265a is interposed between the 264a. The first pressure adjusting mechanism 265a is constituted by a pressure regulating valve (composed of, for example, a butterfly valve), a motor that switches the pressure regulating valve, and a field type controller that controls the operation of the motor (not shown), and constitutes The APC (Auto Pressure Controller) that can perform pressure adjustment based on the result of the pressure gauge 266a provided in the exhaust passage 263a on the upstream side of the pressure adjustment mechanism 265a. Here, the vacuum pump 264a corresponds to the first evacuation mechanism, and hereinafter, the first exhaust passage 263a, the first pressure adjustment mechanism 265a, and the vacuum pump 264a are collectively referred to as a first exhaust system.

該壓力計266a係可達成量測該排氣通道263a上游側的真空容器201內之第1處理區域200P1壓力的功能,藉由根據該壓力計266a之檢測結果來進行壓力調節,可讓該第1壓力調節機構265a具有讓第1處理區域200P1保持於一定之壓力氣氛的功能。The pressure gauge 266a can measure the pressure of the first processing region 200P1 in the vacuum container 201 on the upstream side of the exhaust passage 263a, and the pressure can be adjusted based on the detection result of the pressure gauge 266a. The pressure adjusting mechanism 265a has a function of maintaining the first processing region 200P1 in a constant pressure atmosphere.

又,前述第2排氣口262亦相同地,藉由第2排氣通道263b而連接至第2真空排氣機構(真空泵264b),於該等排氣口262與真空泵264b之間係介設有能讓真空容器1內之第2處理區域200P2保持於一定之壓力氣氛的第2壓力調節機構265b,而能與前述第1排氣通道263a相互獨立地進行排氣。然後,第2壓力調節機構265b係構成能根據該調節機構265b上游側的排氣通道263b所設置之壓力計266b的檢測結果來進行壓力調節的例如現場型APC。以下,將該等第2排氣通道263b、第2壓力調節機構265b以及真空泵264b統稱為第2排氣系統。又,各真空泵264a、264b下游側係連接有針對從各排氣系統所排出之排出物各自獨立地進行廢棄物處理用的第1、第2廢棄物處理裝置(圖中皆未顯示)。Further, the second exhaust port 262 is connected to the second vacuum exhaust mechanism (vacuum pump 264b) by the second exhaust passage 263b, and is disposed between the exhaust port 262 and the vacuum pump 264b. The second pressure adjusting mechanism 265b that can maintain the second processing region 200P2 in the vacuum chamber 1 in a constant pressure atmosphere can be exhausted independently of the first exhaust passage 263a. Then, the second pressure adjusting mechanism 265b constitutes, for example, a field type APC capable of performing pressure adjustment based on the detection result of the pressure gauge 266b provided in the exhaust passage 263b on the upstream side of the adjusting mechanism 265b. Hereinafter, the second exhaust passage 263b, the second pressure adjusting mechanism 265b, and the vacuum pump 264b are collectively referred to as a second exhaust system. Further, on the downstream side of each of the vacuum pumps 264a and 264b, first and second waste disposal apparatuses (not shown) for independently performing waste disposal on the discharged materials discharged from the respective exhaust systems are connected.

該迴轉台202與真空容器201的底面部214之間的空間係如圖32及圖37所示地設置有加熱機構(加熱器單元207),而可經由迴轉台202來將迴轉台202上的晶圓W加熱至製程條件所決定的溫度。該迴轉台202周緣附近之下方側係圍繞加熱器單元207之整體周緣而設置有遮蔽組件271,以區分出迴轉台202上方空間乃至排氣區域200E1、200E2的氣氛以及置放有該加熱器單元207的氣氛。該遮蔽組件271之上緣係朝外側彎曲而形成凸緣形狀,而能縮小其彎曲面與迴轉台202下方面之間的間隙,以抑制氣體從外側侵入至遮蔽組件271內。A space between the turntable 202 and the bottom surface portion 214 of the vacuum container 201 is provided with a heating mechanism (heater unit 207) as shown in Figs. 32 and 37, and the turntable 202 can be used to turn the turntable 202. The wafer W is heated to a temperature determined by the process conditions. The lower side of the vicinity of the periphery of the turntable 202 is provided with a shielding assembly 271 around the entire circumference of the heater unit 207 to distinguish the atmosphere above the turntable 202 and even the atmosphere of the exhaust regions 200E1, 200E2 and the heater unit. The atmosphere of 207. The upper edge of the shielding member 271 is bent outward to form a flange shape, and the gap between the curved surface and the lower side of the turntable 202 can be narrowed to suppress gas from entering the shield assembly 271 from the outside.

於迴轉台202之下方面的中心部附近,位於較設置有加熱器單元207之空間更靠近迴轉中心的底面部214部位係接近至軸心部221而於其之間形成狹窄空間,又,關於使得迴轉軸222貫穿該底面部214的貫通孔,其內周緣面與迴轉軸222之間隙亦為狹窄的,且該等狹窄空間係連通至該殼體220內。然後,該殼體220係設置有將沖洗氣體(N2 氣體)供給至該狹窄空間內以進行沖洗用的沖洗氣體供給管272。又,於加熱器單元207之下方側位置處,真空容器201之底面部214係沿圓周方向於複數位置處設置有用以沖洗加熱器單元207之設置空間的沖洗氣體供給管273。In the vicinity of the center portion of the lower portion of the turntable 202, the portion of the bottom surface portion 214 located closer to the center of rotation than the space in which the heater unit 207 is disposed is close to the axial center portion 221 to form a narrow space therebetween, and The through hole of the rotary shaft 222 is inserted through the bottom surface portion 214, and the gap between the inner peripheral surface and the rotary shaft 222 is also narrow, and the narrow spaces are communicated into the housing 220. Then, the casing 220 is provided with a flushing gas supply pipe 272 for supplying flushing gas (N 2 gas) into the narrow space for flushing. Further, at the lower side of the heater unit 207, the bottom surface portion 214 of the vacuum vessel 201 is provided with a flushing gas supply pipe 273 for rinsing the installation space of the heater unit 207 at a plurality of positions in the circumferential direction.

藉由設置前述之沖洗氣體供給管272、273,如圖38中沖洗氣體之流動箭號所示,以N2 氣體來沖洗該殼體220內乃至加熱器單元207之設置空間為止的空間,該沖洗氣體係從迴轉台202與遮蔽組件271之間的間隙並經由排氣區域200E1、200E2而排出至排氣口261、262。藉此可防止BTBAS氣體或O3 氣體從前述第1處理區域200P1與第2處理區域200P2中任一側經由迴轉台202下方而流入另一側,因此該沖洗氣體可達到分離氣體之功用。By providing the above-described flushing gas supply pipes 272 and 273, as shown by the flow arrows of the flushing gas in FIG. 38, the space in the casing 220 and the installation space of the heater unit 207 is flushed with N 2 gas. The flushing gas system is discharged to the exhaust ports 261, 262 from the gap between the turntable 202 and the shield assembly 271 via the exhaust regions 200E1, 200E2. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the BTBAS gas or the O 3 gas from flowing from the lower side of the first processing region 200P1 and the second processing region 200P2 to the other side via the lower side of the turntable 202, so that the flushing gas can achieve the function of separating the gas.

又,真空容器201之頂板211中心部係連接至分離氣體供給管251,以將分離氣體(N2 氣體)供給至頂板211與軸心部221之間的空間252。供給至該空間252的分離氣體係經由突出部205與迴轉台202之狹窄間隙250並沿著迴轉台202之晶圓載置區域側的表面朝周緣處噴出。由於該突出部205所圍繞的空間充滿了分離氣體,故可防止反應氣體(BTBAS氣體或O3 氣體)經由第1處理區域200P1與第2處理區域200P2之間的迴轉台202中心部而相互混合。亦即,該成膜裝置係具備有由迴轉台202之迴轉中心部與真空容器201所劃分形成而用以分離第1處理區域200P1與第2處理區域200P2之氣氛的中心部區域200C,其中該中心部區域200C係沿該迴轉方向而形成有當被分離氣體沖洗的同時會將分離氣體噴出至該迴轉台202表面的噴出口。另外,此處所述之噴出口係相當於該突出部205與迴轉台202之狹窄間隙250。Further, the center portion of the top plate 211 of the vacuum vessel 201 is connected to the separation gas supply pipe 251 to supply the separation gas (N 2 gas) to the space 252 between the top plate 211 and the axial portion 221 . The separation gas system supplied to the space 252 is ejected toward the peripheral edge along the surface of the wafer mounting region side of the turntable 202 via the narrow gap 250 between the protruding portion 205 and the turntable 202. Since the space surrounded by the protruding portion 205 is filled with the separation gas, it is possible to prevent the reaction gas (BTBAS gas or O 3 gas) from being mixed with each other via the center portion of the turntable 202 between the first processing region 200P1 and the second processing region 200P2. . In other words, the film forming apparatus includes a central portion region 200C that is formed by dividing the center of rotation of the turntable 202 and the vacuum container 201 to separate the atmospheres of the first processing region 200P1 and the second processing region 200P2. The center portion region 200C is formed with a discharge port that ejects the separation gas to the surface of the turntable 202 while being flushed by the separation gas in the rotation direction. Further, the discharge port described herein corresponds to a narrow gap 250 between the protruding portion 205 and the turntable 202.

再者,如圖33、圖34及圖39所示,真空容器201之側壁係形成有於外部搬送手臂210與迴轉台202之間進行晶圓W傳遞用的搬送口215,該搬送口215可藉由圖中未顯示之閘閥來進行開閉。又,迴轉台202之晶圓載置區域(凹部224)係於面向該搬送口215的位置處來與搬送手臂210之間進行晶圓W傳遞,因此在迴轉台202之下方側對應於該傳遞位置的部位處,設置有貫穿凹部224而可從內面處將晶圓W抬起的傳遞用昇降銷216之昇降機構(圖中未顯示)。Further, as shown in FIGS. 33, 34, and 39, the side wall of the vacuum container 201 is formed with a transfer port 215 for transferring the wafer W between the external transfer arm 210 and the turntable 202, and the transfer port 215 is Opening and closing is performed by a gate valve not shown in the drawing. Further, since the wafer mounting region (recessed portion 224) of the turntable 202 is transferred to the transfer arm 210 at a position facing the transfer port 215, the transfer position is corresponding to the transfer position on the lower side of the turntable 202. At the portion of the portion, a lifting mechanism (not shown) for transmitting the lifting pin 216 that can lift the wafer W from the inner surface is provided through the recess 224.

又,如圖32、圖34所示,本實施形態之成膜裝置具備有由電腦所組成之用以控制裝置整體動作的控制部200,該控制部200之記憶體內係記憶有用以使裝置運作的程式。該程式係由用以實施後述之裝置動作的步驟群所組成,並可由硬碟、光碟、磁光碟(MO)、記憶卡、軟碟等記憶體安裝至控制部200內。Further, as shown in FIGS. 32 and 34, the film forming apparatus of the present embodiment includes a control unit 200 composed of a computer for controlling the overall operation of the apparatus, and the memory of the control unit 200 is useful for the operation of the apparatus. Program. The program is composed of a group of steps for performing the operation of the device to be described later, and can be mounted in the control unit 200 by a memory such as a hard disk, a compact disk, a magneto-optical disk (MO), a memory card, or a floppy disk.

此處,如圖32所示,控制部200係連接至前述第1壓力調節機構265a及第2壓力調節機構265b,根據例如由操作員從圖中未顯示之操作終端所輸入的資訊、抑或預先設定於記憶體內的資訊,來針對各壓力調節機構265a、265b之控制器的壓力設定值進行設定。又,各壓力計266a、266b之檢測結果亦會輸出至控制部200。Here, as shown in FIG. 32, the control unit 200 is connected to the first pressure adjustment mechanism 265a and the second pressure adjustment mechanism 265b, and is based on, for example, information input by an operator from an operation terminal not shown in the drawing, or The information set in the memory is set for the pressure setting value of the controller of each of the pressure adjustment mechanisms 265a and 265b. Further, the detection results of the pressure gauges 266a and 266b are also output to the control unit 200.

其次,說明前述實施形態的作用。首先將圖中未顯示的閘閥開啟,藉由搬送手臂210並經由搬送口215而從外部將晶圓傳遞至迴轉台202之凹部224內。該傳遞步驟係當凹部224停止於面向搬送口215的位置時,如圖39所示,透過凹部224底面的貫通孔而讓昇降銷216從真空容器1之底部側進行昇降。間歇性地旋轉該迴轉台202並進行前述之晶圓W傳遞,以將晶圓W各自地載置於迴轉台202之5個凹部224內。接著,讓真空泵264a、264b運作並將第1、第2壓力調節機構265a、265b的壓力調節閥全開以使得各處理區域200P1、200P2內部抽真空而達到預先設定的壓力,同時順時鐘地旋轉該迴轉台202並藉由加熱器單元207來加熱晶圓W。詳細說明,迴轉台202係藉由加熱器單元207來預先加熱至例如300℃,而晶圓W則載置於該迴轉台202上以使其受熱升溫。Next, the action of the above embodiment will be described. First, the gate valve (not shown) is opened, and the wafer 210 is transferred from the outside to the concave portion 224 of the turntable 202 via the transfer port 215 by the transfer arm 210. In the transfer step, when the concave portion 224 is stopped at the position facing the transfer port 215, as shown in FIG. 39, the lift pin 216 is lifted and lowered from the bottom side of the vacuum container 1 through the through hole of the bottom surface of the recess portion 224. The turntable 202 is intermittently rotated and the wafer W transfer described above is performed to place the wafers W in the five recesses 224 of the turntable 202, respectively. Next, the vacuum pumps 264a, 264b are operated and the pressure regulating valves of the first and second pressure adjusting mechanisms 265a, 265b are fully opened to evacuate the inside of each of the processing regions 200P1, 200P2 to a predetermined pressure while rotating the clockwise The turntable 202 is heated by the heater unit 207 to the wafer W. In detail, the turntable 202 is preheated to, for example, 300 ° C by the heater unit 207, and the wafer W is placed on the turntable 202 to be heated and heated.

在進行該晶圓W之加熱動作的同時,於真空容器201內供給有相當於與成膜開始後所供給之反應氣體、分離氣體及沖洗氣體之等量的N2 氣體,以進行真空容器201內之壓力調節。例如從第1反應氣體噴嘴處噴出100sccm,從第2反應氣體噴嘴232處噴出10,000sccm,從各分離氣體噴嘴241、242處各自噴出20,000sccm,從分離氣體供給管251處噴出5,000sccm之N2 氣體來供給至真空容器201內,並以第1、第2壓力調節機構265a、265b進行壓力調節閥的開閉動作,以使得各處理區域200P1、200P2內的壓力達到前述之壓力設定值(例如1,067Pa(8Torr))。另外,此時,各沖洗氣體供給管272、273亦供給有特定量的N2 氣體。While the heating operation of the wafer W is performed, the amount of N 2 gas corresponding to the reaction gas, the separation gas, and the purge gas supplied after the film formation is started is supplied to the vacuum vessel 201 to perform the vacuum vessel 201. Pressure regulation inside. For example, 100 sccm is ejected from the first reaction gas nozzle, 10,000 sccm is ejected from the second reaction gas nozzle 232, 20,000 sccm is ejected from each of the separation gas nozzles 241 and 242, and 5,000 sccm of N 2 is ejected from the separation gas supply pipe 251. The gas is supplied into the vacuum container 201, and the pressure regulating valve is opened and closed by the first and second pressure adjusting mechanisms 265a and 265b so that the pressure in each of the processing regions 200P1 and 200P2 reaches the aforementioned pressure setting value (for example, 1,067). Pa (8 Torr)). Further, at this time, each of the flushing gas supply pipes 272 and 273 is also supplied with a specific amount of N 2 gas.

接著,藉由圖中未顯示之溫度感測器來確認晶圓W之溫度是否達到設定溫度,待確認第1、第2處理區域200P1、200P2的壓力已各自達到其設定壓力後,將第1反應氣體噴嘴231及第2反應氣體噴嘴232所供給之氣體各自切換成BTBAS氣體及O3 氣體,而開始晶圓W之成膜動作。此時,宜緩慢地進行各反應氣體噴嘴231、232之氣體切換以使得供給至真空容器201內之氣體的總流量不會發生急劇的變化。Next, it is confirmed by the temperature sensor not shown in the figure whether the temperature of the wafer W has reached the set temperature, and after the pressures of the first and second processing regions 200P1 and 200P2 have respectively reached the set pressure, the first The gas supplied from the reaction gas nozzle 231 and the second reaction gas nozzle 232 is switched to the BTBAS gas and the O 3 gas, and the film formation operation of the wafer W is started. At this time, it is preferable to perform gas switching of each of the reaction gas nozzles 231, 232 slowly so that the total flow rate of the gas supplied into the vacuum vessel 201 does not change abruptly.

然後,晶圓W會因迴轉台202之旋轉而交互地通過第1處理區域200P1與第2處理區域200P2,並吸附BTBAS氣體,接著吸附O3 氣體而使得BTBAS分子被氧化而形成1層或複數層的氧化矽分子層,如此一來可依序地層積氧化矽分子層以形成具特定膜厚的矽氧化膜。Then, the wafer W alternately passes through the first processing region 200P1 and the second processing region 200P2 due to the rotation of the turntable 202, and adsorbs the BTBAS gas, and then adsorbs the O 3 gas to cause the BTBAS molecules to be oxidized to form one layer or plural. The layer of ruthenium oxide molecules is layered so that the ruthenium oxide layer can be sequentially deposited to form a ruthenium oxide film having a specific film thickness.

此時,分離氣體供給管251亦供給有分離氣體(N2 氣體),藉此,中心部區域200C(即,突出部205與迴轉台202中心部之間)便沿迴轉台202表面而噴出N2 氣體。本範例中,沿著設置有反應氣體噴嘴231、232之第2頂面45下方側空間的容器本體212之內周緣壁處係如前述般地將該內周緣壁切開而擴張,且排氣口261、262係位於該寬廣空間的下方,故第2頂面245之下方側空間的壓力會較第1頂面244之下方側的狹隘空間以及前記中心部區域200C等各壓力值更低。從各部位將氣體噴出時之氣體流動狀態模式係如圖41所示。從第2反應氣體噴嘴232朝下方側噴出並撞擊至迴轉台202表面(晶圓W表面以及非載置晶圓W的區域之表面雙方)而沿著該表面流向迴轉方向上游側的O3 氣體,係會被來自該上游側的N2 氣體推回而流入至位在迴轉台202周緣與真空容器201內周壁之間的排氣區域200E2內,再藉由排氣口262排出。At this time, the separation gas supply pipe 251 is also supplied with the separation gas (N 2 gas), whereby the center portion region 200C (that is, between the protruding portion 205 and the center portion of the turntable 202) is ejected along the surface of the turntable 202. 2 gas. In this example, the inner peripheral wall of the container body 212 along the space below the second top surface 45 of the reaction gas nozzles 231 and 232 is cut and expanded as described above, and the exhaust port is opened. Since the 261 and 262 are located below the wide space, the pressure in the space below the second top surface 245 is lower than the pressure in the narrow space on the lower side of the first top surface 244 and the front center portion 200C. The gas flow state pattern when the gas is ejected from each portion is as shown in FIG. And the discharge nozzle 232 to impact the surface of the rotary table 202 (the wafer W surface area and a non-mounting surface of the wafer W both) flows to the upstream side in the rotation direction along the surface of the O 3 gas from the lower side toward the second reaction gas The N 2 gas from the upstream side is pushed back into the exhaust region 200E2 between the periphery of the turntable 202 and the inner peripheral wall of the vacuum vessel 201, and is discharged through the exhaust port 262.

又,從第2反應氣體噴嘴232朝下方側噴出並撞擊至迴轉台202表面而沿著該表面流向迴轉方向下游側的O3 氣體,係因從中心部區域200C所噴出之N2 氣體的流動與排氣口262之吸引作用而有流向該排氣口262之傾向,但其一部份會流向鄰接於下游側的分離區域200D,並試圖流入扇型凸狀部204的下方側。然而,由於該凸狀部204之頂面244的高度及圓周方向的長度係設定為於運作時之製程參數(包含各氣體之流量等)下能防止氣體侵入至該頂面244之下方側的尺寸,如圖35B所示,O3 氣體幾乎完全不能流入扇型凸狀部204之下方側,抑或多少仍會流入但其亦無法到達分離氣體噴嘴241附近,而會被從分離氣體噴嘴241所噴出之N2 氣體推回至迴轉方向上游側(即,處理區域200P2側),並與從中心部區域200C噴出之N2 氣體一同地流經迴轉台202周緣與真空容器201內周壁之間隙的排氣區域200E2而排出至排氣口262。Further, the O 3 gas which is ejected from the second reaction gas nozzle 232 toward the lower side and hits the surface of the turntable 202 and flows along the surface toward the downstream side in the rotation direction is the flow of the N 2 gas ejected from the central portion region 200C. There is a tendency to flow toward the exhaust port 262 by the suction of the exhaust port 262, but a portion thereof flows to the separation region 200D adjacent to the downstream side, and attempts to flow into the lower side of the fan-shaped convex portion 204. However, since the height of the top surface 244 of the convex portion 204 and the length in the circumferential direction are set to prevent gas from intruding to the lower side of the top surface 244 under process parameters (including the flow rate of each gas, etc.) during operation. The size, as shown in Fig. 35B, the O 3 gas is almost completely unable to flow into the lower side of the fan-shaped convex portion 204, or is still somewhat inflow but it cannot reach the vicinity of the separation gas nozzle 241, but is removed from the separation gas nozzle 241. The ejected N 2 gas is pushed back to the upstream side in the rotation direction (that is, on the side of the processing region 200P2), and flows through the gap between the periphery of the turntable 202 and the inner peripheral wall of the vacuum vessel 201 together with the N 2 gas ejected from the central portion region 200C. The exhaust region 200E2 is discharged to the exhaust port 262.

又,從第1反應氣體噴嘴231朝下方側噴出並撞擊至迴轉台202表面而各自流向迴轉方向上游側及下游側的BTBAS氣體,係幾乎完全無法侵入至鄰接於迴轉方向上游側及下游側的扇型凸狀部204之下方側,抑或即使侵入後仍會被推回至第1處理區域200P1側,與從中心部區域200C噴出之N2 氣體一同地從迴轉台202周緣與真空容器201內周壁之間隙流經排氣區域200E1而排出至排氣口261。亦即,於各分離區域200D中,能阻止於氣氛中流動的反應氣體(BTBAS氣體或O3 氣體)之侵入,但吸附於晶圓W之氣體分子係可直接通過分離區域(即,由扇型凸狀部204所形成之較低頂面244的下方),並用以成膜。In addition, the BTBAS gas which is ejected from the first reaction gas nozzle 231 toward the lower side and hits the surface of the turntable 202 and flows to the upstream side and the downstream side in the rotation direction is almost completely inaccessible to the upstream side and the downstream side in the rotation direction. The lower side of the fan-shaped convex portion 204 is pushed back to the first processing region 200P1 side even after intrusion, and is separated from the periphery of the turntable 202 and the vacuum container 201 together with the N 2 gas ejected from the central portion region 200C. The gap of the peripheral wall flows through the exhaust region 200E1 and is discharged to the exhaust port 261. That is, in each of the separation regions 200D, the intrusion of the reaction gas (BTBAS gas or O 3 gas) flowing in the atmosphere can be prevented, but the gas molecules adsorbed on the wafer W can pass directly through the separation region (ie, by the fan) The lower convex portion 204 is formed below the lower top surface 244 and is used for film formation.

又再者,第1處理區域200P1之BTBAS氣體(第2處理區域200P2之O3 氣體)會試圖侵入至中心部區域200C內,但是如圖38及圖40所示,該中心部區域200C係朝向迴轉台202之周緣而噴出分離氣體,故可藉由該分離氣體來阻止該氣體侵入,抑或即使多少仍有侵入但會被該分離氣體推回,可阻止其通過該中心部區域200C而流入至第2處理區域200P2(第1處理區域200P1)。Further, the BTBAS gas (O 3 gas in the second processing region 200P2) in the first processing region 200P1 attempts to intrude into the central portion region 200C, but as shown in FIGS. 38 and 40, the central portion region 200C is oriented. The separation gas is ejected from the periphery of the turntable 202, so that the gas can be prevented from intruding by the separation gas, or even if it is still invaded, it is pushed back by the separation gas, and can be prevented from flowing through the center portion region 200C. The second processing region 200P2 (first processing region 200P1).

然後,於分離區域200D處,扇型凸狀部204之周緣部係朝下方彎曲,且彎曲部246與迴轉台202外端面之間的間隙係如前述般狹窄地能實質地阻止氣體通過,故亦可阻止第1處理區域200P1之BTBAS氣體(第2處理區域200P2之O3 氣體)經由迴轉台202之外側而流入第2處理區域200P2(第1處理區域200P1)。因此,藉由2個分離區域200D能完全地分離第1處理區域200P1的氣氛與第2處理區域200P2的氣氛,並將BTBAS氣體排出至排氣口261,又將O3 氣體排出至排氣口262。其結果為,兩反應氣體於本範例中,BTBAS氣體及O3 氣體不論於氣氛中或於晶圓W上皆不會相互混合。Then, at the separation region 200D, the peripheral portion of the fan-shaped convex portion 204 is bent downward, and the gap between the curved portion 246 and the outer end surface of the turntable 202 is substantially narrow as described above to substantially prevent the passage of gas. The BTBAS gas (O 3 gas in the second processing region 200P2) of the first processing region 200P1 can be prevented from flowing into the second processing region 200P2 (the first processing region 200P1) via the outside of the turntable 202. Therefore, the atmosphere of the first processing region 200P1 and the atmosphere of the second processing region 200P2 can be completely separated by the two separation regions 200D, and the BTBAS gas is discharged to the exhaust port 261, and the O 3 gas is discharged to the exhaust port. 262. As a result, the two reaction gases are in this example, and the BTBAS gas and the O 3 gas are not mixed with each other in the atmosphere or on the wafer W.

另外,本範例係藉由N2 氣體來沖洗迴轉台202之下方側,因此完全無需擔憂流入至排氣區域200E1、200E2的氣體會經由迴轉台202下方側而有例如BTBAS氣體流入O3 氣體之供給區域等問題。In addition, in this example, the lower side of the turntable 202 is flushed by the N 2 gas, so there is no need to worry that the gas flowing into the exhaust regions 200E1 and 200E2 will pass through the lower side of the turntable 202, for example, the BTBAS gas flows into the O 3 gas. Supply area and other issues.

前述第1、第2處理區域200P1、200P2係經由各排氣區域200E1、200E2而連接至專用的排氣通道263a、263b,故流入第1處理區域200P1及第1排氣區域200E1的各種氣體會藉由第1排氣通道263a排出,流入第2處理區域200P2及第2排氣區域200E2的各種氣體則藉由第2排氣通道263b排出。因此,可將供給至其中一側之處理區域200P1、200P2的反應氣體排出至真空容器201外而不會與供給至另一側之處理區域200P2、200P1的反應氣體相互混合。完成前述成膜處理後,藉由搬送手臂210以搬入時之相反動作來依序地將各晶圓W搬出。Since the first and second processing regions 200P1 and 200P2 are connected to the dedicated exhaust passages 263a and 263b via the respective exhaust regions 200E1 and 200E2, various gases flowing into the first processing region 200P1 and the first exhaust region 200E1 may be The first exhaust passage 263a is discharged, and the various gases that have flowed into the second processing region 200P2 and the second exhaust region 200E2 are discharged through the second exhaust passage 263b. Therefore, the reaction gas supplied to the processing regions 200P1, 200P2 on one side can be discharged to the outside of the vacuum container 201 without being mixed with the reaction gas supplied to the processing regions 200P2, 200P1 on the other side. After the film forming process is completed, the wafers W are sequentially carried out by the transfer arm 210 in the opposite direction of the loading.

此處記載有處理參數之一範例,以直徑300mm的晶圓W作為被處理基板之情況,迴轉台202之轉速為例如1rpm~500rpm,製程壓力為例如1,067Pa(8Torr),晶圓W之加熱溫度為例如350℃,BTBAS氣體及O3 氣體之流量各為例如100sccm及10,000sccm,來自分離氣體噴嘴241、242的N2 氣體流量為例如20000sccm,來自真空容器201中心部之分離氣體供給管251的N2 氣體流量為例如5,000sccm。又,針對1片晶圓進行之反應氣體供給的循環次數,即晶圓W各自通過處理區域200P1、200P2的次數會隨著目標膜厚而改變,多數次為例如600次。Here, an example of processing parameters is described. When the wafer W having a diameter of 300 mm is used as the substrate to be processed, the number of revolutions of the turntable 202 is, for example, 1 rpm to 500 rpm, and the process pressure is, for example, 1,067 Pa (8 Torr). The temperature is, for example, 350 ° C, the flow rates of the BTBAS gas and the O 3 gas are each, for example, 100 sccm and 10,000 sccm, and the flow rate of the N 2 gas from the separation gas nozzles 241, 242 is, for example, 20,000 sccm, and the separation gas supply pipe 251 from the center of the vacuum vessel 201. The flow rate of N 2 gas is, for example, 5,000 sccm. Moreover, the number of cycles of supply of the reaction gas to one wafer, that is, the number of times the wafer W passes through the processing regions 200P1 and 200P2 varies depending on the target film thickness, and is, for example, 600 times.

依前述實施形態則具有以下的效果。在具備有迴轉台202的真空容器201內,沿迴轉方向而於供給有第1反應氣體(BTBAS)的第1處理區域200P1與供給有第2反應氣體(O3 氣體)的第2處理區域200P2之間處介設有用以分離該等區域且用以從分離氣體噴嘴241、242將分離氣體供給至該等區域之間的分離區域200D,同時沿迴轉方向旋轉設置有複數個晶圓W的迴轉台202,以藉由BTBAS及O3 氣體來層積出反應生成物層(氧化矽層)以形成薄膜。然後,進行前述製程時,藉由各自對應於第1處理區域200P1及第2處理區域200P2的位置處所設置的第1排氣通道263a及第2排氣通道263b之各排氣口261、262來進行真空排氣,同時使得其排氣系統(排氣通道263a、263b、壓力調節機構265a、265b以及真空泵264a、264)為相互獨立化之結構,因此無需擔心BTBAS氣體與O3 氣體會於排氣系統中相互混合,故不會有在排氣系統中產生反應生成物之虞(或非常少)。According to the above embodiment, the following effects are obtained. In the vacuum container 201 including the turntable 202, the first processing region 200P1 to which the first reaction gas (BTBAS) is supplied and the second processing region 200P2 to which the second reaction gas (O 3 gas) is supplied are provided in the rotation direction. A separation region 200D for separating the regions from the separation gas nozzles 241, 242 to between the regions is provided, and a plurality of wafers W are rotated in the rotation direction. The stage 202 is formed by laminating a reaction product layer (yttria layer) by BTBAS and O 3 gas to form a film. Then, when the process is performed, the exhaust ports 261 and 262 of the first exhaust passage 263a and the second exhaust passage 263b provided at positions corresponding to the first processing region 200P1 and the second processing region 200P2 are respectively provided. Vacuum evacuation is performed while the exhaust system (exhaust passages 263a, 263b, pressure regulating mechanisms 265a, 265b, and vacuum pumps 264a, 264) are independent of each other, so there is no need to worry about the BTBAS gas and the O 3 gas being arranged in the row. The gas system is mixed with each other, so there is no (or very little) enthalpy of reaction product formation in the exhaust system.

然後,藉由在分離氣體噴嘴241、242之該迴轉方向兩側設置有較低頂面來阻止各反應氣體侵入至分離區域200D,同時從藉由該迴轉台202之迴轉中心部與真空容器201所劃分形成的中心部區域200C來朝向迴轉台202周緣噴出分離氣體,而擴散至該分離區域兩側的分離氣體以及該中心部區域所噴出的分離氣體會與該反應氣體一同地經由迴轉台202周緣與真空容器201內周緣壁之間的間隙而排出,可防止相異之反應氣體相互混合,而可進行良好之成膜處理,同時完全不會產生反應生成物(或積極抑制),能抑制微粒產生。另外,本發明亦可適用於在迴轉台202上載置有1個晶圓W之情況。Then, by providing a lower top surface on both sides of the separation gas nozzles 241, 242 in the rotation direction, each reaction gas is prevented from intruding into the separation region 200D while being rotated from the center portion of the rotary table 202 to the vacuum vessel 201. The divided central portion region 200C discharges the separation gas toward the periphery of the turntable 202, and the separated gas diffused to both sides of the separation region and the separated gas discharged from the central portion region are passed through the turntable 202 together with the reaction gas. The periphery is discharged from the gap between the peripheral wall of the vacuum vessel 201, and the mixed reaction gases can be prevented from mixing with each other, and a good film formation treatment can be performed, and at the same time, no reaction product (or positive suppression) is generated at all, and the reaction can be suppressed. Particles are produced. Further, the present invention is also applicable to a case where one wafer W is placed on the turntable 202.

又,本成膜裝置係沿迴轉台202之迴轉方向設置有複數個晶圓W,藉由旋轉該迴轉台202而使其依序通過第1處理區域200P1與第2處理區域200P2以進行所謂之ALD(或MLD),因此相較於使用背景技術所述之枚葉式成膜裝置的情況,則不需要反應氣體之沖洗時間,故可高產能地進行成膜處理。Further, the film forming apparatus is provided with a plurality of wafers W in the rotation direction of the turntable 202, and sequentially rotates the turntable 202 to sequentially pass the first processing region 200P1 and the second processing region 200P2 to perform so-called Since ALD (or MLD) is used, the rinsing time of the reaction gas is not required as compared with the case of the leaf type film forming apparatus described in the background art, so that the film formation process can be performed with high productivity.

此處,設置於真空容器201之排氣系統並非限定為2組系統,例如圖42所示成膜裝置,亦可追加迴轉台202上的凸狀部204來設置第3處理區域200P3,而於該處理區域200P3處連接第3組排氣系統(排氣通道263c、第3壓力調節機構265c、真空泵264c)。另外,圖42中,符號310係第3反應氣體噴嘴,符號410係分離氣體噴嘴,符號260係排氣口。Here, the exhaust system provided in the vacuum container 201 is not limited to two sets of systems, for example, the film forming apparatus shown in FIG. 42, and the convex portion 204 on the turntable 202 may be added to provide the third processing region 200P3. The third group exhaust system (exhaust passage 263c, third pressure adjusting mechanism 265c, vacuum pump 264c) is connected to the processing region 200P3. In addition, in Fig. 42, reference numeral 310 denotes a third reaction gas nozzle, reference numeral 410 denotes a separation gas nozzle, and reference numeral 260 denotes an exhaust port.

又,有關連接至各處理區域200P1、200P2之排氣系統的組數亦非限定為1組系統,亦可於1個處理區域200P1、200P2處連接有2組系統以上的排氣系統。Further, the number of sets of the exhaust systems connected to the respective processing areas 200P1 and 200P2 is not limited to one set of systems, and two or more sets of exhaust systems may be connected to one of the processing areas 200P1 and 200P2.

又再者,排氣系統之運作方法並非限定於前述實施形態中所示般地於各排氣系統處進行其對應之處理區域200P1、200P2的壓力調節。例如亦可於各排氣系統處設置流量計,調整設置於排氣通道263a、263b的閥門之開口程度,以使得各處理區域之排氣量能達到其預設值。有關進行壓力調節與排氣量調節的機構,亦非限定於使用閥門之開閉來進行,亦可藉由例如改變真空泵264a、264b之機械升壓泵的轉速來調整壓力與排氣量。Further, the operation method of the exhaust system is not limited to the pressure adjustment of the corresponding processing regions 200P1, 200P2 at the respective exhaust systems as shown in the above embodiment. For example, a flow meter may be provided at each exhaust system to adjust the opening degree of the valves disposed in the exhaust passages 263a, 263b so that the exhaust amount of each processing region can reach its preset value. The mechanism for performing the pressure adjustment and the discharge amount adjustment is not limited to the opening and closing using the valve, and the pressure and the displacement amount can be adjusted by, for example, changing the rotational speed of the mechanical booster pump of the vacuum pumps 264a and 264b.

作為本發明適用之處理氣體,除前述範例之外,亦可舉出DCS[二氯矽烷]、HCD[六氯二矽甲烷]、TMA[三甲基鋁]、3DMAS[三(二甲胺基)矽烷]、TEMAZ[四(乙基甲基胺基酸)-鋯]、TEMAH[四(乙基甲基胺基酸)-鉿]、Sr(THD)2 [二(四甲基庚二酮酸)-鍶]、Ti(MPD)(THD)[甲基戊二酮酸)(雙四甲基庚二酮酸)-鈦]以及單胺基矽烷等。As the processing gas to which the present invention is applied, in addition to the above examples, DCS [dichlorodecane], HCD [hexachlorodimethane], TMA [trimethylaluminum], 3DMAS [tris(dimethylamino)] may also be mentioned. ) decane], TEMAZ [tetrakis(ethylmethylamino acid)-zirconium], TEMAH [tetrakis(ethylmethylamino acid)-oxime], Sr(THD) 2 [bis(tetramethylheptanedione) Acid)-锶], Ti(MPD)(THD) [methylglutaric acid) (bis-tetramethylheptanedionate)-titanium], monoamine-based decane, and the like.

接著,形成位在該分離氣體供給噴嘴241(242)兩側之狹隘空間的該第1頂面244,如圖43A、圖43B所示該分離氣體供給噴嘴241般,以例如直徑300mm之晶圓W作為被處理基板之情況,晶圓W之中心WO所通過部位處沿迴轉台202之迴轉方向的寬度尺寸L為50mm以上者較佳。為了有效地阻止反應氣體自凸狀部204兩側侵入至該凸狀部204下方(狹隘空間),前述寬度尺寸L過短時則必須對應地縮小第1頂面244與迴轉台202之間的距離。再者,將第1頂面244與迴轉台202之間的距離設定為某特定尺寸時,離該迴轉台202之迴轉中心越遠則迴轉台202之速度便越快,因此為了獲得阻止反應氣體侵入之效果,離迴轉中心越遠則所需的該寬度尺寸L便越長。依前述觀點考量,當晶圓W之中心WO所通過部位之該寬度尺寸L小於50mm時,便需要相當程度地縮小第1頂面244與迴轉台202之間的距離,因此在旋轉該迴轉台202時便需要花費心力去積極地抑制迴轉台202之振動,以防止迴轉台202或晶圓W撞擊至頂面244。又再者,迴轉台202之轉速越高則反應氣體越容易自凸狀部204之上游側侵入至該凸狀部204之下方側,因此當該寬度尺寸L小於50mm時,便必須要降低迴轉台202之轉速,就產能之觀點來看並非良策。故該寬度尺寸L為50mm以上者較佳,但並非是指50mm以下便無法獲得本發明之效果。亦即,該寬度尺寸L為晶圓W直徑之1/10~1/1者較佳,約為1/6以上者更佳。另外,於圖43A中為方便繪圖,故省略了凹部224之記載。Next, the first top surface 244 is formed in a narrow space on both sides of the separation gas supply nozzle 241 (242), and the separation gas supply nozzle 241 is as shown in FIGS. 43A and 43B, for example, a wafer having a diameter of 300 mm. In the case of W as the substrate to be processed, it is preferable that the width L of the portion passing through the center of the wafer W in the direction of rotation of the turntable 202 is 50 mm or more. In order to effectively prevent the reaction gas from intruding from below the convex portion 204 (narrow space) from both sides of the convex portion 204, when the width dimension L is too short, the first top surface 244 and the turntable 202 must be correspondingly reduced. distance. Further, when the distance between the first top surface 244 and the turntable 202 is set to a certain size, the farther away from the center of rotation of the turntable 202, the faster the speed of the turntable 202 is, so that the reaction gas is prevented. The effect of the intrusion, the further away from the center of rotation, the longer the required width dimension L. According to the foregoing point of view, when the width dimension L of the portion through which the center WO of the wafer W passes is less than 50 mm, the distance between the first top surface 244 and the turntable 202 needs to be considerably reduced, and thus the turntable is rotated. At 202 o'clock, it takes effort to actively suppress the vibration of the turntable 202 to prevent the turntable 202 or the wafer W from striking the top surface 244. Further, the higher the rotation speed of the turntable 202, the more easily the reaction gas intrudes from the upstream side of the convex portion 204 to the lower side of the convex portion 204. Therefore, when the width dimension L is less than 50 mm, the rotation must be reduced. The speed of the station 202 is not a good strategy from the point of view of capacity. Therefore, the width L is preferably 50 mm or more, but the effect of the present invention cannot be obtained not by 50 mm or less. That is, the width dimension L is preferably from 1/10 to 1/1 of the diameter of the wafer W, and more preferably about 1/6 or more. In addition, in FIG. 43A, for convenience of drawing, the description of the concave portion 224 is omitted.

此處,舉出除了前述實施形態以外之關於處理區域200P1、200P2及分離區域200D等各配置方式的其他範例。圖44係將第2反應氣體噴嘴232設置於搬送口215之迴轉台22的迴轉方向上游側位置的範例,依此種配置亦可獲得相同之效果。Here, other examples of the arrangement modes of the processing regions 200P1, 200P2 and the separation region 200D other than the above-described embodiments will be described. 44 is an example in which the second reaction gas nozzle 232 is disposed on the upstream side in the rotation direction of the turntable 22 of the conveyance port 215, and the same effect can be obtained by such an arrangement.

又,本發明需要設置有於分離氣體噴嘴241(242)兩側形成狹隘空間用的較低頂面(第1頂面)244,但亦可為如圖45所示,在反應氣體噴嘴231(232)兩側亦同樣地設置有較低頂面並使得該等頂面連續形成的結構,即,除了設置有分離氣體噴嘴241(242)及反應氣體噴嘴231(232)以外的部位,於面向迴轉台202之區域全面設置有凸狀部204的結構亦可獲得同樣的效果。以不同角度觀察,該結構係將分離氣體噴嘴241(242)兩側的第1頂面244延伸擴展至反應氣體噴嘴231(232)處的範例。此時,分離氣體會擴散至分離氣體噴嘴241(242)兩側,而反應氣體則擴散至反應氣體噴嘴231(232)兩側,兩氣體會於凸狀部204下方側(狹隘空間)處匯流,但該等氣體會從位於反應氣體噴嘴231(232)與分離氣體噴嘴242(241)之間的排氣口261(262)處排出。Further, the present invention needs to be provided with a lower top surface (first top surface) 244 for forming a narrow space on both sides of the separation gas nozzle 241 (242), but it may be as shown in FIG. 45 at the reaction gas nozzle 231 ( 232) A structure having a lower top surface and continuously forming the top surfaces, that is, a portion other than the separation gas nozzle 241 (242) and the reaction gas nozzle 231 (232) The same effect can be obtained by the structure in which the region of the turntable 202 is entirely provided with the convex portion 204. Viewed from different angles, the structure extends the first top surface 244 on either side of the separation gas nozzle 241 (242) to an example at the reaction gas nozzle 231 (232). At this time, the separation gas diffuses to both sides of the separation gas nozzle 241 (242), and the reaction gas diffuses to both sides of the reaction gas nozzle 231 (232), and the two gases flow at the lower side (narrow space) of the convex portion 204. However, the gases are exhausted from the exhaust port 261 (262) between the reaction gas nozzle 231 (232) and the separation gas nozzle 242 (241).

以上實施形態中,迴轉台202之迴轉軸222係位於真空容器201之中心部,並以分離氣體來沖洗該迴轉台202中心部與真空容器201上面部之間的空間,但本發明亦可為如圖46所示之結構。圖46之成膜裝置中,真空容器201之中央區域的底面部214係朝下方側突出形成有驅動部之收納空間280,同時於真空容器201之中央區域的上方面形成有凹部280a,於真空容器201中心部處之收納空間280的底部與真空容器201的該凹部280a上方面之間係介設有支柱281,以防止來自第1反應氣體噴嘴231的BTBAS氣體與來自第2反應氣體噴嘴232之O3 氣體透過該中心部而相互混合。In the above embodiment, the rotary shaft 222 of the turntable 202 is located at the center of the vacuum container 201, and the space between the center portion of the turntable 202 and the upper surface of the vacuum container 201 is flushed with separated gas, but the present invention may also be The structure shown in FIG. In the film forming apparatus of Fig. 46, the bottom surface portion 214 of the central portion of the vacuum chamber 201 is formed with a storage space 280 in which the driving portion is formed downward, and a concave portion 280a is formed in the upper portion of the central portion of the vacuum container 201. A pillar 281 is interposed between the bottom of the storage space 280 at the center of the container 201 and the upper portion of the recess 280a of the vacuum container 201 to prevent the BTBAS gas from the first reaction gas nozzle 231 and the second reaction gas nozzle 232. The O 3 gas is mixed with each other through the center portion.

關於旋轉該迴轉台202之機構,係圍繞該支柱281設置有迴轉套筒282並沿該迴轉套筒282而設置環狀之迴轉台202。然後,該收納空間280設置有可藉由馬達283來進行驅動的驅動齒輪部284,藉由該驅動齒輪部284,並透過形成於迴轉套筒282之下部外周緣的齒輪部285來旋轉該迴轉套筒282的結構。符號286、287及288係軸承部。又,於該收納空間280之底部連接有沖洗氣體供給管274,同時於真空容器201之上部連接有沖洗氣體供給管275而用以將沖洗氣體供給至該凹部280a側面與迴轉套筒282上端部之間的空間內。圖46係於左右2處繪出有用以將沖洗氣體供給至於該凹部280a側面與迴轉套筒282上端部之間的空間之開口部,但較佳地,應考慮並設計開口部(沖洗氣體供給口)之排列個數以使得BTBAS氣體與O3 氣體不會經由迴轉套筒282附近區域而相互混合。Regarding the mechanism for rotating the turntable 202, a swivel sleeve 282 is disposed around the strut 281, and an annular turntable 202 is disposed along the swivel sleeve 282. Then, the storage space 280 is provided with a drive gear portion 284 that can be driven by the motor 283, and the drive gear portion 284 is rotated by the gear portion 285 formed on the outer periphery of the lower portion of the rotary sleeve 282. The structure of the sleeve 282. Symbols 286, 287, and 288 are bearing parts. Further, a flushing gas supply pipe 274 is connected to the bottom of the storage space 280, and a flushing gas supply pipe 275 is connected to the upper portion of the vacuum vessel 201 for supplying flushing gas to the side surface of the recessed portion 280a and the upper end portion of the rotary sleeve 282. Between the spaces. Fig. 46 is an opening portion for drawing a space for supplying a flushing gas to the space between the side surface of the concave portion 280a and the upper end portion of the rotary sleeve 282 at the left and right sides, but preferably, the opening portion should be considered and designed (flushing gas supply) The number of the openings is such that the BTBAS gas and the O 3 gas do not mix with each other via the vicinity of the rotary sleeve 282.

圖46之實施形態中,從迴轉台202側觀之,該凹部280a的側面與迴轉套筒282的上端部之間的空間係相當於分離氣體噴出孔,然後,藉由該分離氣體噴出孔、迴轉套筒282及支柱281來構成位於該真空容器201之中心部的中心部區域。In the embodiment of Fig. 46, the space between the side surface of the concave portion 280a and the upper end portion of the rotary sleeve 282 corresponds to the separation gas discharge hole, and then the separation gas discharge hole is formed by the side of the turntable 202. The swivel sleeve 282 and the stay 281 constitute a central portion region located at a central portion of the vacuum container 201.

關於使用了前述成膜裝置之基板處理裝置係如圖47所示。圖47中,符號291係可收納例如25片晶圓W而被稱作晶圓盒的密閉型搬送容器,符號292係設置有搬送手臂293的大氣搬送室,符號294、295係可於大氣氣氛與真空氣氛之間進行氣氛切換的加載互鎖室(真空預備室),符號296係設置有雙臂式搬送手臂297的真空側搬送室,符號298、299係本發明之成膜裝置。從外部將搬送容器291搬送至具備有載置台(圖中未顯示)的搬入搬出埠,並使其連接至大氣搬送室292後,藉由圖中未顯示之開閉機構來將蓋體打開並藉由搬送手臂293從該搬送容器291內將晶圓W取出。其次,將其搬入至加載互鎖室294(295)內並使該室內由大氣氣氛切換成真空氣氛,然後藉由搬送手臂297來將晶圓W取出並搬入至成膜裝置298、299中任一者內,以進行前述之成膜處理。如前述以具備有2台例如5片處理用的本發明之成膜裝置,便可高產能地實施所謂之ALD(MLD)。A substrate processing apparatus using the above film forming apparatus is shown in FIG. In Fig. 47, reference numeral 291 is a sealed transfer container which can store, for example, 25 wafers W, and is called a wafer cassette. Reference numeral 292 is an atmospheric transfer chamber in which the transfer arm 293 is provided, and symbols 294 and 295 can be used in the atmosphere. A load lock chamber (vacuum preparation chamber) for switching the atmosphere between the vacuum atmosphere, a symbol 296 is provided with a vacuum side transfer chamber of the double-arm transfer arm 297, and reference numerals 298 and 299 are the film forming apparatuses of the present invention. The transfer container 291 is transported from the outside to a loading/unloading cassette provided with a mounting table (not shown), and is connected to the atmospheric transfer chamber 292, and then the lid body is opened and closed by an opening and closing mechanism not shown. The wafer W is taken out from the transfer container 291 by the transfer arm 293. Next, it is carried into the load lock chamber 294 (295), and the chamber is switched from the atmosphere to the vacuum atmosphere, and then the wafer W is taken out by the transfer arm 297 and carried into the film forming apparatuses 298 and 299. In one case, the above film forming treatment is performed. As described above, the film forming apparatus of the present invention having two, for example, five sheets of processing can perform so-called ALD (MLD) with high productivity.

前述係參考實施形態來說明本發明,但本發明並未限定於所揭露之實施形態,於申請專利範圍所記載之本發明範圍內亦可進行各種變形與變更。The present invention has been described with reference to the embodiments. However, the invention is not limited thereto, and various modifications and changes can be made within the scope of the invention as described in the appended claims.

本申請案係根據2008年8月29日、2008年8月29日以及2009年7月14日於日本提出申請之日本特願2008-222723號、2008-222728以及2009-165984而主張其優先權,並在此引用該等全部內容。This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2008-222723, 2008-222728, and 2009-165984 filed on August 29, 2008, August 29, 2008, and July 14, 2009, Japan. And refer to all of this content here.

1...真空容器1. . . Vacuum container

2...迴轉台2. . . Turntable

4...凸狀部4. . . Convex

5...突出部5. . . Protruding

6...彎曲部6. . . Bending

7...加熱器單元7. . . Heater unit

10...搬送手臂10. . . Transfer arm

11...頂板11. . . roof

12...容器本體12. . . Container body

13...O型環13. . . O-ring

14...底面部14. . . Bottom part

15...搬送口15. . . Transport port

16...昇降銷16. . . Lift pin

20...殼體20. . . case

21...軸心部twenty one. . . Axis

22...迴轉軸twenty two. . . Rotary axis

23...驅動部twenty three. . . Drive department

24...凹部twenty four. . . Concave

31...第1反應氣體噴嘴31. . . First reaction gas nozzle

32...第2反應氣體噴嘴32. . . Second reaction gas nozzle

31a、32a、41a、42a...氣體導入埠31a, 32a, 41a, 42a. . . Gas introduction

31b、32b、41b、42b...供給管31b, 32b, 41b, 42b. . . Supply tube

36a、36b、36c、36d、36e、36f...閥門36a, 36b, 36c, 36d, 36e, 36f. . . valve

37a、37b、37c、37d、37e、37f...流量調整部37a, 37b, 37c, 37d, 37e, 37f. . . Flow adjustment department

33...噴出孔33. . . Spout hole

38a、38b、38c...氣體供給源38a, 38b, 38c. . . Gas supply

39...氣體供給系統39. . . Gas supply system

40...噴出孔40. . . Spout hole

41、42...分離氣體噴嘴41, 42. . . Separation gas nozzle

43...溝部43. . . Ditch

44...第1頂面44. . . First top

45...第2頂面45. . . Second top surface

46...彎曲部46. . . Bending

47...流通室47. . . Circulation room

50...狹窄間隙50. . . Narrow gap

51...分離氣體供給管51. . . Separate gas supply pipe

52...空間52. . . space

60、61、62...排氣口60, 61, 62. . . exhaust vent

63a、63b、63c...排氣通道63a, 63b, 63c. . . Exhaust passage

65a、65b、65c...閥門65a, 65b, 65c. . . valve

64、64a、64b、64c...真空泵64, 64a, 64b, 64c. . . Vacuum pump

66a、66b、66c...處理壓力檢測機構66a, 66b, 66c. . . Treatment pressure detecting mechanism

67a、67b、67c...壓力檢測機構67a, 67b, 67c. . . Pressure detecting mechanism

72、73、74、75...沖洗氣體供給管72, 73, 74, 75. . . Flush gas supply pipe

68...變流器68. . . Converter

71...遮蔽組件71. . . Shading component

80...控制部80. . . Control department

81...CPU81. . . CPU

82...記憶體82. . . Memory

83...處理程式83. . . Processing program

84...工作記憶體84. . . Working memory

85...記憶部85. . . Memory department

86...計時器86. . . Timer

91...第1處理區域91. . . First processing area

92...第2處理區域92. . . Second processing area

100...收納空間100. . . Storage space

100a...凹部100a. . . Concave

101...支柱101. . . pillar

102...迴轉套筒102. . . Rotary sleeve

103...馬達103. . . motor

104、105...齒輪部104, 105. . . Gear department

106、107、108...軸承部106, 107, 108. . . Bearing department

111...晶圓盒111. . . Wafer box

112...大氣搬送室112. . . Atmospheric transfer room

113...搬送手臂113. . . Transfer arm

114、115...加載互鎖室114, 115. . . Load lock chamber

116...真空側搬送室116. . . Vacuum side transfer room

117a、117b...搬送手臂117a, 117b. . . Transfer arm

118、119...成膜裝置118, 119. . . Film forming device

310...第3反應氣體噴嘴310. . . Third reaction gas nozzle

410...分離氣體噴嘴W晶圓410. . . Separation gas nozzle W wafer

200...控制部200. . . Control department

201...真空容器201. . . Vacuum container

202...迴轉台202. . . Turntable

204...凸狀部204. . . Convex

205...突出部205. . . Protruding

206...彎曲部206. . . Bending

207...加熱器單元207. . . Heater unit

210...搬送手臂210. . . Transfer arm

211...頂板211. . . roof

212...容器本體212. . . Container body

213...O型環213. . . O-ring

214...底面部214. . . Bottom part

215...搬送口215. . . Transport port

216...昇降銷216. . . Lift pin

220...殼體220. . . case

221...軸心部221. . . Axis

222...迴轉軸222. . . Rotary axis

223...驅動部223. . . Drive department

224...凹部224. . . Concave

231...第1反應氣體噴嘴231. . . First reaction gas nozzle

232...第2反應氣體噴嘴232. . . Second reaction gas nozzle

233...噴出孔233. . . Spout hole

231a、232a、241a、242a...氣體導入埠231a, 232a, 241a, 242a. . . Gas introduction

240...噴出孔240. . . Spout hole

241、242...分離氣體噴嘴241, 242. . . Separation gas nozzle

243...溝部243. . . Ditch

244...第1頂面244. . . First top

245...第2頂面245. . . Second top surface

246...彎曲部246. . . Bending

250...狹窄間隙250. . . Narrow gap

251...分離氣體供給管251. . . Separate gas supply pipe

252...空間252. . . space

261、262...排氣口261, 262. . . exhaust vent

263a、263b、263c...排氣通道263a, 263b, 263c. . . Exhaust passage

264a、264b、264c...真空泵264a, 264b, 264c. . . Vacuum pump

265a、265b、265c...閥門265a, 265b, 265c. . . valve

271...遮蔽組件271. . . Shading component

266a、266b、266c...處理壓力檢測機構266a, 266b, 266c. . . Treatment pressure detecting mechanism

267a、267b、267c...壓力檢測機構267a, 267b, 267c. . . Pressure detecting mechanism

272、273、274、275...沖洗氣體供給管272, 273, 274, 275. . . Flush gas supply pipe

280...收納空間280. . . Storage space

280a...凹部280a. . . Concave

281...支柱281. . . pillar

282...迴轉套筒282. . . Rotary sleeve

283...馬達283. . . motor

284...驅動齒輪部284. . . Drive gear

285...齒輪部285. . . Gear department

286、287、288...軸承部286, 287, 288. . . Bearing department

291...搬送容器291. . . Transport container

292...大氣搬送室292. . . Atmospheric transfer room

293...搬送手臂293. . . Transfer arm

294、295...加載互鎖室294, 295. . . Load lock chamber

296...真空側搬送室296. . . Vacuum side transfer room

297a、297b...搬送手臂297a, 297b. . . Transfer arm

298、299...成膜裝置298, 299. . . Film forming device

圖1係本發明第1實施形態之成膜裝置的縱剖面圖。Fig. 1 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a film forming apparatus according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

圖2係本發明第1實施形態之成膜裝置內部的概略構成立體圖。Fig. 2 is a schematic perspective view showing the inside of a film forming apparatus according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

圖3係本發明第1實施形態之成膜裝置的橫剖俯視圖。Fig. 3 is a transverse plan view showing a film formation apparatus according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

圖4A、圖4B係本發明第1實施形態之成膜裝置中處理區域及分離區域的縱剖面圖。4A and 4B are vertical cross-sectional views of a treatment region and a separation region in the film formation apparatus according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

圖5係本發明第1實施形態之成膜裝置的部份縱剖面圖。Fig. 5 is a partial longitudinal sectional view showing a film forming apparatus according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

圖6係本發明第1實施形態之成膜裝置的部份剖面立體圖。Fig. 6 is a partial cross-sectional perspective view showing a film forming apparatus according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

圖7係用以說明本發明第1實施形態之成膜裝置中分離氣體或沖洗氣體之流動樣態的圖式。Fig. 7 is a view for explaining a flow pattern of a separation gas or a flushing gas in the film forming apparatus according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

圖8係本發明第1實施形態之成膜裝置的部份剖面立體圖。Fig. 8 is a partial cross-sectional perspective view showing a film forming apparatus according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

圖9係本發明第1實施形態之成膜裝置的控制部之一範例的概略圖。Fig. 9 is a schematic view showing an example of a control unit of the film forming apparatus according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

圖10係本發明第1實施形態之成膜裝置所進行之整體處理製程的一範例之製程流程圖。Fig. 10 is a flow chart showing an example of an overall processing process performed by the film forming apparatus according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

圖11係本發明第1實施形態之成膜裝置中進行排氣流量調整製程的一範例之製程流程圖。Fig. 11 is a flow chart showing an example of an exhaust gas flow rate adjusting process in the film forming apparatus according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

圖12A、圖12B、圖12C係本發明第1實施形態之成膜裝置的排氣通道所流通之氣體流量等的概略模式圖。12A, FIG. 12B, and FIG. 12C are schematic diagrams showing the flow rate of the gas and the like which flow through the exhaust passage of the film forming apparatus according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

圖13係調整本發明第1實施形態之排氣通道所流通之氣體流量時的樣態之概略圖。Fig. 13 is a schematic view showing a state in which the flow rate of the gas flowing through the exhaust passage of the first embodiment of the present invention is adjusted.

圖14A、圖14B係本發明第1實施形態於處理中真空容器內部壓力等之概略特性圖。14A and FIG. 14B are schematic diagrams showing the internal pressure and the like of the vacuum vessel during the treatment according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

圖15係說明本發明第1實施形態中藉由分離氣體來分離第1反應氣體及第2反應氣體並進行排氣之樣態的圖式。Fig. 15 is a view showing a state in which the first reaction gas and the second reaction gas are separated by a separation gas and exhausted by the separation gas in the first embodiment of the present invention.

圖16係本發明第2實施形態之成膜裝置的一範例之概略圖。Fig. 16 is a schematic view showing an example of a film forming apparatus according to a second embodiment of the present invention.

圖17係本發明第2實施形態中進行排氣流量調整製程的一範例之製程流程圖。Fig. 17 is a flow chart showing an example of an exhaust gas flow rate adjusting process in the second embodiment of the present invention.

圖18係本發明第2實施形態之成膜裝置的其他範例之概略圖。Fig. 18 is a schematic view showing another example of the film forming apparatus of the second embodiment of the present invention.

19A、圖19B係說明本發明第2實施形態之分離區域所使用之凸狀部的尺寸範例之說明圖。19A and 19B are explanatory views for explaining an example of the size of a convex portion used in the separation region according to the second embodiment of the present invention.

圖20係本發明第2實施形態之分離區域的其他範例之縱剖面圖。Fig. 20 is a longitudinal sectional view showing another example of the separation region in the second embodiment of the present invention.

圖21A、圖21B、圖21C係本發明第2實施形態之分離區域所使用之凸狀部的其他範例之縱剖面圖。21A, 21B, and 21C are longitudinal cross-sectional views showing other examples of the convex portions used in the separation region according to the second embodiment of the present invention.

圖22係本發明其他實施形態之成膜裝置的橫剖俯視圖。Figure 22 is a cross-sectional plan view showing a film formation apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.

圖23係本發明其他實施形態之成膜裝置的橫剖俯視圖。Figure 23 is a cross-sectional plan view showing a film forming apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.

圖24係本發明其他實施形態之成膜裝置內部的概略構成立體圖。Fig. 24 is a schematic perspective view showing the inside of a film forming apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.

圖25係本發明其他實施形態之成膜裝置的橫剖俯視圖。Figure 25 is a cross-sectional plan view showing a film forming apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.

圖26係本發明其他實施形態之成膜裝置的縱剖面圖。Figure 26 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a film forming apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.

圖27係使用了本發明之成膜裝置的基板處理系統之一範例的概略俯視圖。Fig. 27 is a schematic plan view showing an example of a substrate processing system using the film forming apparatus of the present invention.

圖28係本發明其他實施形態之成膜裝置的縱剖面圖。Figure 28 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a film forming apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.

圖29係本發明其他實施形態之控制部的一範例之模式圖。Fig. 29 is a schematic view showing an example of a control unit according to another embodiment of the present invention.

圖30係本發明其他實施形態處理基板之流程的製程流程圖。Figure 30 is a flow chart showing the process of processing a substrate in another embodiment of the present invention.

圖31係本發明其他實施形態處理基板之流程的製程流程圖。Figure 31 is a flow chart showing the process of processing a substrate in another embodiment of the present invention.

圖32係本發明第3實施形態之成膜裝置的縱剖面圖34中I-I’線的縱剖面圖。Fig. 32 is a longitudinal sectional view taken along line I-I' of the longitudinal section 34 of the film forming apparatus according to the third embodiment of the present invention.

圖33係本發明第3實施形態之成膜裝置內部的概略構成立體圖。Fig. 33 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the inside of a film forming apparatus according to a third embodiment of the present invention.

圖34係本發明第3實施形態之成膜裝置的橫剖俯視圖。Figure 34 is a cross-sectional plan view showing a film formation apparatus according to a third embodiment of the present invention.

圖35A、圖35B係本發明第3實施形態之成膜裝置中處理區域及分離區域的縱剖面圖。35A and 35B are longitudinal cross-sectional views of a treatment region and a separation region in a film formation apparatus according to a third embodiment of the present invention.

圖36係本發明第3實施形態之成膜裝置中分離區域的縱剖面圖。Figure 36 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a separation region in a film forming apparatus according to a third embodiment of the present invention.

圖37係本發明第3實施形態之成膜裝置的反應氣體噴嘴之立體圖。Fig. 37 is a perspective view showing a reaction gas nozzle of the film forming apparatus according to the third embodiment of the present invention.

圖38係說明本發明第3實施形態之成膜裝置中分離氣體或沖洗氣體之流動樣態的圖式。Fig. 38 is a view for explaining a flow pattern of a separation gas or a flushing gas in the film forming apparatus of the third embodiment of the present invention.

圖39係本發明第3實施形態之成膜裝置的部份剖面立體圖。Figure 39 is a partial cross-sectional perspective view showing a film forming apparatus according to a third embodiment of the present invention.

圖40係將排氣系統設置於本發明第3實施形態之成膜裝置之樣態的橫剖俯視圖。Fig. 40 is a cross-sectional plan view showing a state in which an exhaust system is provided in a film forming apparatus according to a third embodiment of the present invention.

圖41說明係本發明第3實施形態中藉由分離氣體來分離第1反應氣體及第2反應氣體而進行排氣之樣態的圖式。Fig. 41 is a view showing a state in which the first reaction gas and the second reaction gas are separated by a separation gas and exhausted by the separation gas in the third embodiment of the present invention.

圖42係本發明第3實施形態之成膜裝置的變形例之橫剖俯視圖。Figure 42 is a cross-sectional plan view showing a modification of the film forming apparatus of the third embodiment of the present invention.

圖43A、圖43B係說明本發明第3實施形態之分離區域所使用之凸狀部的尺寸範例之圖式。43A and 43B are views showing an example of the size of a convex portion used in the separation region according to the third embodiment of the present invention.

圖44係本發明其他實施形態之成膜裝置的橫剖俯視圖。Figure 44 is a cross-sectional plan view showing a film forming apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.

圖45係本發明其他實施形態之成膜裝置的橫剖俯視圖。Figure 45 is a cross-sectional plan view showing a film forming apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.

圖46係本發明其他實施形態之成膜裝置的縱剖面圖。Figure 46 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a film forming apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.

圖47係使用了本發明成膜裝置之基板處理系統的其他範例之概略俯視圖。Fig. 47 is a schematic plan view showing another example of a substrate processing system using the film forming apparatus of the present invention.

1...真空容器1. . . Vacuum container

2...迴轉台2. . . Turntable

5...突出部5. . . Protruding

7...加熱器單元7. . . Heater unit

11...頂板11. . . roof

12...容器本體12. . . Container body

13...O型環13. . . O-ring

14...底面部14. . . Bottom part

20...殼體20. . . case

21...軸心部twenty one. . . Axis

22...迴轉軸twenty two. . . Rotary axis

23...驅動部twenty three. . . Drive department

45...第2頂面45. . . Second top surface

51...分離氣體供給管51. . . Separate gas supply pipe

61、62...排氣口61, 62. . . exhaust vent

63a、63b...排氣通道63a, 63b. . . Exhaust passage

64a、64b...真空泵64a, 64b. . . Vacuum pump

65a、65b...閥門65a, 65b. . . valve

66a、66b...處理壓力檢測機構66a, 66b. . . Treatment pressure detecting mechanism

67a、67b...壓力檢測機構67a, 67b. . . Pressure detecting mechanism

71...遮蔽組件71. . . Shading component

72、73...沖洗氣體供給管72, 73. . . Flush gas supply pipe

80...控制部80. . . Control department

C...中心部區域C. . . Central area

E1、E2...排氣區域E1, E2. . . Exhaust area

Claims (48)

一種成膜裝置,係於真空容器內將至少2種會相互反應之反應氣體依序供給至基板表面,並藉由實施如此之供給循環來層積多數的反應生成物層以形成一薄膜,其具備有:迴轉台,係設置於該真空容器內並包含有載置基板用的基板載置區域;第1反應氣體供給機構,係朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之一面供給第1反應氣體;第2反應氣體供給機構,係遠離該第1反應氣體供給機構而設置在該迴轉台之圓周方向並朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之一面供給第2反應氣體;分離區域,係位於該圓周方向中供給有該第1反應氣體的第1處理區域與供給有該第2反應氣體的第2處理區域之間;第1排氣通道,係於該第1處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口;第2排氣通道,係於該第2處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口;第1真空排氣機構,係透過第1閥門而連接至該第1排氣通道;第2真空排氣機構,係透過第2閥門而連接至該第2排氣通道;第1壓力檢測機構,係安插於該第1閥門與該第1真空排氣機構之間;第2壓力檢測機構,係安插於該第2閥門與該第2真空排氣機構之間;處理壓力檢測機構,係至少設置於該第1閥門及該第2閥門中任一者處;以及控制部,係根據該第1壓力檢測機構及該第2壓力檢測機構所檢出之各壓力檢測值來輸出控制該第1閥門及該第2閥門之開口程度的控制訊號,使得該真空容器內之壓力以及各自流通於該第1排氣通道和該第2排氣通道之氣體流量比能達到各自所設定之設定值。A film forming apparatus for sequentially supplying at least two reaction gases which react with each other to a surface of a substrate in a vacuum vessel, and laminating a plurality of reaction product layers by performing such a supply cycle to form a film. The rotary table is provided in the vacuum container and includes a substrate mounting region for mounting the substrate, and the first reaction gas supply mechanism supplies the first reaction to one side of the substrate mounting region side of the turntable. The second reaction gas supply means is provided in the circumferential direction of the turntable away from the first reaction gas supply means, and supplies the second reaction gas toward one side of the substrate mounting region side of the turntable; the separation region is a first processing region in which the first reaction gas is supplied in the circumferential direction and a second processing region in which the second reaction gas is supplied; the first exhaust passage is in the first processing region and the separation region An exhaust port is provided between the second processing region and the separation region; and the first vacuum exhausting mechanism is connected to the first through the first valve. a second air evacuation mechanism connected to the second exhaust passage through the second valve; the first pressure detecting mechanism is interposed between the first valve and the first vacuum exhaust mechanism; a pressure detecting mechanism interposed between the second valve and the second vacuum exhausting mechanism; and a processing pressure detecting mechanism provided at least at any one of the first valve and the second valve; and a control unit And outputting a control signal for controlling the degree of opening of the first valve and the second valve based on the pressure detection values detected by the first pressure detecting means and the second pressure detecting means, so that the pressure in the vacuum container And the gas flow ratios respectively flowing through the first exhaust passage and the second exhaust passage can reach respective set values. 如申請專利範圍第1項之成膜裝置,其中該控制部包含有用以執行下列步驟的程式:第1步驟,係調整該第1閥門之開口程度以使得該處理壓力檢測機構的壓力值能達到設定值;以及第2步驟,係接著調整該第2閥門之開口程度以使得該流量比能達到設定值。The film forming apparatus of claim 1, wherein the control unit includes a program for performing the following steps: the first step is to adjust the opening degree of the first valve so that the pressure value of the processing pressure detecting mechanism can be reached. The set value; and the second step, the degree of opening of the second valve is then adjusted such that the flow ratio can reach a set value. 如申請專利範圍第2項之成膜裝置,其中該程式係於預先設定之執行次數範圍內反覆地執行該第1步驟與該第2步驟,直到該真空容器內之壓力與該流量比能各自達到設定值為止。The film forming apparatus of claim 2, wherein the program repeatedly performs the first step and the second step within a preset execution number range until the pressure in the vacuum container and the flow rate ratio are respectively Until the set value is reached. 如申請專利範圍第2項之成膜裝置,其中該程式包含有於該第2步驟後執行的第3步驟,其係調整該第1真空排氣機構及該第2真空排氣機構中至少任一者的排氣流量,以使得該流量比能達到設定值。The film forming apparatus of claim 2, wherein the program includes a third step performed after the second step, wherein at least one of the first vacuum exhausting mechanism and the second vacuum exhausting mechanism is adjusted The exhaust flow rate of one such that the flow ratio can reach a set value. 如申請專利範圍第4項之成膜裝置,其中該程式係於執行該第3步驟後,於預先設定之執行次數範圍內反覆地執行該第1步驟與該第2步驟,直到該真空容器內之壓力與該流量比能各自達到設定值為止。The film forming apparatus of claim 4, wherein the program performs the first step and the second step repeatedly within a predetermined number of execution times after performing the third step until the vacuum container The pressure and the flow ratio can each reach a set value. 如申請專利範圍第1項之成膜裝置,其中該控制部係輸出控制訊號以從該第1反應氣體供給機構及該第2反應氣體供給機構處各自供給非活性氣體並調整該真空容器內之壓力及該流量比,然後再各自將從該第1反應氣體供給機構及該第2反應氣體供給機構處所供給之氣體切換成第1反應氣體及第2反應氣體,以進行成膜處理。The film forming apparatus of claim 1, wherein the control unit outputs a control signal to supply an inert gas from the first reaction gas supply mechanism and the second reaction gas supply mechanism, and adjust the vacuum container. After the pressure and the flow rate ratio, the gas supplied from the first reaction gas supply means and the second reaction gas supply means is switched to the first reaction gas and the second reaction gas to perform a film formation process. 一種成膜裝置,係於真空容器內將至少2種會相互反應之反應氣體依序供給至基板表面,並藉由實施如此之供給循環來層積多數的反應生成物層以形成一薄膜,其特徵在於具備有:迴轉台,係設置於該真空容器內並包含有載置基板用的基板載置區域;第1反應氣體供給機構,係朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之一面供給第1反應氣體;第2反應氣體供給機構,係遠離該第1反應氣體供給機構而設置在該迴轉台之圓周方向並朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之一面供給第2反應氣體;分離區域,係位於該圓周方向中供給有該第1反應氣體的第1處理區域與供給有該第2反應氣體的第2處理區域之間;第1排氣通道,係於該第1處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口;第2排氣通道,係於該第2處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口;第1真空排氣機構,係透過第1閥門而連接至該第1排氣通道;第2真空排氣機構,係透過第2閥門而連接至該第2排氣通道;第1處理壓力檢測機構,係設置於該第1閥門與該第1處理區域之間;第2處理壓力檢測機構,係設置於該第2閥門與該第2處理區域之間;以及控制部,係根據該第1處理壓力檢測機構及該第2處理壓力檢測機構所檢出之各壓力檢測值來輸出控制該第1閥門及該第2閥門之開口程度的控制訊號,使得該真空容器內之壓力以及該第1處理區域和該第2處理區域之間的壓力差能達到各自所設定之設定值。A film forming apparatus for sequentially supplying at least two reaction gases which react with each other to a surface of a substrate in a vacuum vessel, and laminating a plurality of reaction product layers by performing such a supply cycle to form a film. The rotary table is provided in the vacuum container and includes a substrate mounting region for mounting the substrate, and the first reaction gas supply mechanism supplies the first surface of the substrate mounting region side of the turntable. a reaction gas supply mechanism, wherein the second reaction gas supply means is provided in the circumferential direction of the turntable away from the first reaction gas supply means, and supplies the second reaction gas toward one side of the substrate mounting region side of the turntable; a first processing region in which the first reaction gas is supplied in the circumferential direction and a second processing region in which the second reactive gas is supplied; the first exhaust passage is in the first processing region and the first processing region An exhaust port is provided between the separation regions; the second exhaust passage has an exhaust port between the second processing region and the separation region; and the first vacuum exhaust mechanism is connected through the first valve To the first exhaust passage; the second vacuum exhausting mechanism is connected to the second exhaust passage through the second valve; and the first processing pressure detecting means is provided in the first valve and the first processing region The second processing pressure detecting means is disposed between the second valve and the second processing region; and the control portion is detected by the first processing pressure detecting means and the second processing pressure detecting means Each of the pressure detection values outputs a control signal for controlling the degree of opening of the first valve and the second valve, so that the pressure in the vacuum container and the pressure difference between the first processing region and the second processing region can be reached. The set values set by each. 如申請專利範圍第7項之成膜裝置,其中該控制部包含有用以執行下列步驟的程式:第1步驟,係調整該第1閥門之開口程度以使得該第1處理壓力檢測機構的壓力值能達到設定值;以及第2步驟,係接著調整該第2閥門之開口程度以使得該壓力差能達到設定值。The film forming apparatus of claim 7, wherein the control unit includes a program for performing the following steps: the first step of adjusting the opening degree of the first valve such that the pressure value of the first processing pressure detecting mechanism The set value can be reached; and in the second step, the degree of opening of the second valve is then adjusted so that the pressure difference can reach the set value. 如申請專利範圍第8項之成膜裝置,其中該程式係於預先設定之執行次數範圍內反覆地執行該第1步驟與該第2步驟,直到該真空容器內之壓力與該壓力差能各自達到設定值為止。The film forming apparatus of claim 8, wherein the program repeatedly performs the first step and the second step within a preset execution number range until the pressure in the vacuum container and the pressure difference can each be Until the set value is reached. 如申請專利範圍第8或9項之成膜裝置,其中該程式包含有於該第2步驟後執行的第3步驟,其係調整該第1真空排氣機構及該第2真空排氣機構中至少任一者的排氣流量,以使得該壓力差能達到設定值。The film forming apparatus of claim 8 or 9, wherein the program includes a third step performed after the second step, wherein the first vacuum exhausting mechanism and the second vacuum exhausting mechanism are adjusted At least one of the exhaust flow rates such that the pressure differential can reach a set value. 如申請專利範圍第10項之成膜裝置,其中該程式係於執行該第3步驟後,於預先設定之執行次數範圍內反覆地執行該第1步驟與該第2步驟,直到該真空容器內之壓力與該壓力差能各自達到設定值為止。The film forming apparatus of claim 10, wherein the program performs the third step and the second step repeatedly in a predetermined range of execution times after performing the third step until the vacuum container The pressure and the pressure difference can each reach a set value. 如申請專利範圍第7項之成膜裝置,其中該控制部係輸出控制訊號以從該第1反應氣體供給機構及該第2反應氣體供給機構處各自供給非活性氣體來調整該真空容器內之壓力及該壓力差,然後再各自將從該第1反應氣體供給機構及該第2反應氣體供給機構處所供給之氣體切換成第1反應氣體及第2反應氣體,以進行成膜處理。The film forming apparatus of claim 7, wherein the control unit outputs a control signal to supply an inert gas from each of the first reaction gas supply mechanism and the second reaction gas supply mechanism to adjust the vacuum container. After the pressure and the pressure difference, the gas supplied from the first reaction gas supply means and the second reaction gas supply means is switched to the first reaction gas and the second reaction gas, respectively, to perform a film formation process. 如申請專利範圍第6項之成膜裝置,其中供給至該真空容器內之氣體總流量於切換該氣體之前後時點係設定為相同數值。The film forming apparatus of claim 6, wherein the total flow rate of the gas supplied into the vacuum vessel is set to the same value before and after switching the gas. 如申請專利範圍第1項之成膜裝置,其係替代各自連接至該第1排氣通道及該第2排氣通道的該第1真空排氣機構及該第2真空排氣機構,而使得該第1排氣通道及該第2排氣通道匯流,再於該匯流通道連接共通之真空排氣機構。A film forming apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the first vacuum exhausting mechanism and the second vacuum exhausting mechanism that are connected to the first exhaust passage and the second exhaust passage are replaced by The first exhaust passage and the second exhaust passage merge, and a common vacuum exhaust mechanism is connected to the manifold. 如申請專利範圍第1項之成膜裝置,其中該分離區域係具備一頂面,其係位於該分離氣體供給機構之該迴轉方向兩側處,並與迴轉台之間形成使分離氣體自該分離區域流向處理區域側的狹窄空間。The film forming apparatus of claim 1, wherein the separation area has a top surface located at both sides of the separating direction of the separating gas supply mechanism, and is formed between the rotating table and the separating gas. The separation area flows to a narrow space on the side of the treatment area. 如申請專利範圍第1項之成膜裝置,其中具備有一用以分離該第1處理區域與該第2處理區域之氣氛的中心部區域,其係位於該真空容器內中心部,並形成有將分離氣體噴出至該迴轉台之基板載置面側的噴出孔;該反應氣體係與擴散至該分離區域兩側之分離氣體及自該中心部區域所噴出之分離氣體一同地從該排氣口處排出。The film forming apparatus of claim 1, comprising a central portion region for separating an atmosphere of the first processing region and the second processing region, which is located at a central portion of the vacuum container, and is formed a separation gas is ejected to a discharge hole on a substrate mounting surface side of the turntable; the reaction gas system is separated from the separation gas diffused to both sides of the separation region and the separation gas ejected from the central portion region Discharged. 如申請專利範圍第10項之成膜裝置,其中該中心部區域係由該迴轉台之迴轉中心部與該真空容器之上面側所劃分形成,並藉由分離氣體來沖洗的區域。The film forming apparatus of claim 10, wherein the central portion is formed by dividing a center portion of the turntable of the turntable from an upper side of the vacuum container and rinsing the region by separating gas. 一種基板處理裝置,其具備有:真空搬送室,係於內部設置有基板搬送機構;如申請專利範圍第1項之成膜裝置,係氣密連接至該真空搬送室;以及真空預備室,係氣密連接至該真空搬送室,並可於真空氣氛與大氣氣氛之間進行氣氛切換。A substrate processing apparatus including: a vacuum transfer chamber in which a substrate transfer mechanism is provided; and a film formation device according to claim 1 is airtightly connected to the vacuum transfer chamber; and a vacuum preparation chamber The air transfer chamber is hermetically connected, and the atmosphere can be switched between a vacuum atmosphere and an atmospheric atmosphere. 一種成膜方法,係於真空容器內將至少2種會相互反應之反應氣體依序供給至基板表面,並藉由實施如此之供給循環來層積多數的反應生成物層以形成一薄膜,其具備有:將基板幾乎水平地載置於該真空容器內之迴轉台的製程;旋轉該迴轉台的製程;自該第1反應氣體供給機構,朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之面,將第1反應氣體供給至第1處理區域的製程;自遠離該迴轉台之圓周方向所設置的該第2反應氣體供給機構,朝向該迴轉台之該基板載置區域側之面,將第2反應氣體供給至第2處理區域的製程;藉由位於該第1反應氣體供給機構及該第2反應氣體供給機構之間的分離區域所設置的分離氣體供給機構來供給分離氣體的製程;藉由於該第1處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口的第1排氣通道來將該第1處理區域的該第1反應氣體從第1真空排氣機構處排出,並藉由於該第2處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口的第2排氣通道來將該第2處理區域的該第2反應氣體從第2真空排氣機構處排出的製程;檢測該真空容器內之壓力、安插於該第1排氣通道之第1閥門和該第1真空排氣機構之間的第1壓力以及安插於該第2排氣通道之第2閥門和該第2真空排氣機構之間的第2壓力之製程;以及根據該檢測製程所檢出之各壓力檢測值來調整該第1閥門及該第2閥門之開口程度以使得該真空容器內之壓力以及各自流通於該第1排氣通道與該第2排氣通道之氣體流量比能達到各自所設定之設定值的製程。A film forming method is characterized in that at least two kinds of reaction gases which react with each other are sequentially supplied to a surface of a substrate in a vacuum vessel, and a plurality of reaction product layers are laminated by performing such a supply cycle to form a film. a process for rotating a turntable in which the substrate is placed almost horizontally in the vacuum container; a process of rotating the turntable; and a surface of the first reaction gas supply mechanism facing the substrate mounting region side of the turntable a process of supplying the first reaction gas to the first processing region; the second reaction gas supply mechanism provided in the circumferential direction away from the turntable, facing the surface of the turntable on the substrate mounting region side, the second a process of supplying the reaction gas to the second treatment zone; and a process of supplying the separation gas by the separation gas supply means provided in the separation zone between the first reaction gas supply means and the second reaction gas supply means; a first exhaust passage having an exhaust port between the first processing region and the separation region, and discharging the first reaction gas in the first processing region from the first vacuum exhausting mechanism And a process of discharging the second reaction gas in the second processing region from the second vacuum exhausting mechanism by the second exhaust passage having an exhaust port between the second processing region and the separation region; detecting a pressure in the vacuum container, a first pressure interposed between the first valve of the first exhaust passage and the first vacuum exhaust mechanism, and a second valve and the second valve inserted in the second exhaust passage a process of the second pressure between the vacuum exhaust mechanisms; and adjusting the opening degree of the first valve and the second valve according to the respective pressure detection values detected by the detection process to make the pressure in the vacuum container and the respective The gas flow rate ratio of the first exhaust passage and the second exhaust passage can be set to a respective set value. 如申請專利範圍第19項之成膜方法,其中該調整製程係包含有:第1步驟,係調整該第1閥門之開口程度以使得該真空容器內的壓力值能達到設定值;以及第2步驟,係接著調整該第2閥門之開口程度以使得該流量比能達到設定值。The film forming method of claim 19, wherein the adjusting process comprises: a first step of adjusting an opening degree of the first valve so that a pressure value in the vacuum container can reach a set value; and a second In the step, the opening degree of the second valve is adjusted so that the flow ratio can reach the set value. 如申請專利範圍第20項之成膜方法,其中該調整製程係包含有:設定步驟執行次數的製程;以及於該設定製程所設定之執行次數範圍內反覆地執行該第1步驟與該第2步驟,直到該真空容器內之壓力與該流量比能各自達到設定值為止的製程。The film forming method of claim 20, wherein the adjusting process comprises: a process of setting a number of execution steps; and repeatedly performing the first step and the second in a range of execution times set by the setting process The process is until the pressure in the vacuum vessel and the flow ratio can each reach a set value. 如申請專利範圍第20項之成膜方法,其中該調整製程係包含有於該第2步驟後執行的第3步驟,其係調整該第1真空排氣機構及該第2真空排氣機構中至少任一者的排氣流量,以使得該流量比能達到設定值。The film forming method of claim 20, wherein the adjusting process includes a third step performed after the second step, wherein the first vacuum exhausting mechanism and the second vacuum exhausting mechanism are adjusted At least one of the exhaust flow rates such that the flow ratio can reach a set value. 如申請專利範圍第22項之成膜方法,其中該調整製程係包含有:於執行該第3步驟後,設定步驟執行次數的製程;以及於該設定製程所設定之執行次數範圍內反覆地執行該第1步驟與該第2步驟,直到該真空容器內之壓力與該流量比能各自達到設定值為止。The film forming method of claim 22, wherein the adjusting process comprises: a process of setting a number of execution steps after performing the third step; and repeatedly executing within a range of execution times set by the setting process The first step and the second step until the pressure in the vacuum vessel and the flow ratio can each reach a set value. 如申請專利範圍第19項之成膜方法,其中該調整製程係在供給該反應氣體製程之前,從該第1反應氣體供給機構及該第2反應氣體供給機構處各自供給非活性氣體以調整此時該真空容器內之壓力及該流量比的製程;該反應氣體供給製程,則係在該調整製程之後,各自將從該第1反應氣體供給機構及該第2反應氣體供給機構處所供給之氣體切換成第1反應氣體及第2反應氣體來供給氣體的製程。The film forming method of claim 19, wherein the adjusting process supplies an inert gas from the first reaction gas supply means and the second reaction gas supply means to adjust the gas before the supply of the reaction gas process a process of the pressure in the vacuum vessel and the flow rate ratio; the reaction gas supply process is a gas supplied from the first reaction gas supply mechanism and the second reaction gas supply mechanism after the adjustment process The process of switching the first reaction gas and the second reaction gas to supply the gas. 一種成膜方法,係於真空容器內將至少2種會相互反應之反應氣體依序供給至基板表面,並藉由實施如此之供給循環來層積多數的反應生成物層以形成一薄膜,其具備有:將基板幾乎水平地載置於該真空容器內之迴轉台的製程;旋轉該迴轉台的製程;自第1反應氣體供給機構,朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之面,將第1反應氣體供給至第1處理區域的製程;自遠離該迴轉台之圓周方向所設置的第2反應氣體供給機構,朝向該迴轉台之該基板載置區域側之面,將第2反應氣體供給至第2處理區域的製程;藉由位於該第1反應氣體供給機構及該第2反應氣體供給機構之間的分離區域所設置的分離氣體供給機構來供給分離氣體的製程;藉由於該第1處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口的第1排氣通道來針對該第1處理區域而從第1真空排氣機構處進行排氣,並藉由於該第2處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口的第2排氣通道來針對該第2處理區域而從第2真空排氣機構處進行排氣的製程;檢測安插於該第1排氣通道之第1閥門和該第1處理區域之間的第1壓力以及安插於該第2排氣通道之第2閥門和該第2處理區域之間的第2壓力之檢測製程;以及根據該檢測製程所檢出之各壓力檢測值來調整該第1閥門及該第2閥門之開口程度以使得該真空容器內之壓力以及該第1處理區域和該第2處理區域之間的壓力差能達到各自所設定之設定值的製程。A film forming method is characterized in that at least two kinds of reaction gases which react with each other are sequentially supplied to a surface of a substrate in a vacuum vessel, and a plurality of reaction product layers are laminated by performing such a supply cycle to form a film. Provided is a process for rotating a substrate on a turntable in which the substrate is placed almost horizontally; a process of rotating the turntable; and a surface of the first reaction gas supply mechanism facing the substrate mounting region of the turntable; The first reaction gas is supplied to the first processing region; the second reaction gas is supplied from the second reaction gas supply means provided in the circumferential direction away from the turntable toward the substrate mounting region side of the turntable. a process of supplying the separation gas to the second processing region; and a process of supplying the separation gas by the separation gas supply mechanism provided in the separation region between the first reaction gas supply mechanism and the second reaction gas supply mechanism; a first exhaust passage having an exhaust port between the processing region and the separation region, and exhausting from the first vacuum exhausting mechanism for the first processing region, and a second exhaust passage having an exhaust port between the second processing region and the separation region, and a process of exhausting the second evacuation mechanism from the second processing region; and detecting the insertion into the first exhaust a detection process of a first pressure between the first valve of the passage and the first treatment zone, and a second pressure interposed between the second valve of the second exhaust passage and the second treatment zone; and according to the detection The pressure detection values detected by the process adjust the opening degree of the first valve and the second valve such that the pressure in the vacuum container and the pressure difference between the first processing region and the second processing region can be reached. The process of setting the values set by each. 如申請專利範圍第25項之成膜方法,其中該調整製程係包含有:第1步驟,係調整該第1閥門之開口程度以使得該真空容器內的壓力值能達到設定值;以及第2步驟,係接著調整該第2閥門之開口程度以使得該壓力差能達到設定值。The film forming method of claim 25, wherein the adjusting process comprises: a first step of adjusting an opening degree of the first valve so that a pressure value in the vacuum container can reach a set value; and a second In the step, the degree of opening of the second valve is adjusted so that the pressure difference can reach a set value. 如申請專利範圍第26項之成膜方法,其中該調整製程係包含有:設定步驟執行次數的設定製程;以及於該設定製程所設定之執行次數範圍內反覆地執行該第1步驟與該第2步驟,直到該真空容器內之壓力與該壓力差能各自達到設定值為止的製程。The film forming method of claim 26, wherein the adjusting process comprises: setting a process for setting a number of execution steps; and repeatedly performing the first step and the first within a range of execution times set by the setting process 2 steps, until the pressure in the vacuum vessel and the pressure difference can each reach the set value. 如申請專利範圍第26項之成膜方法,其中該調整製程係包含有於該第2步驟後執行的第3步驟,其係調整該第1真空排氣機構及該第2真空排氣機構中至少任一者的排氣流量,以使得該壓力差能達到設定值。The film forming method of claim 26, wherein the adjusting process includes a third step performed after the second step, wherein the first vacuum exhausting mechanism and the second vacuum exhausting mechanism are adjusted At least one of the exhaust flow rates such that the pressure differential can reach a set value. 如申請專利範圍第28項之成膜方法,其中該調整製程係包含有:於執行該第3步驟後,設定步驟執行次數的設定製程;以及於該設定製程所設定之執行次數範圍內反覆地執行該第1步驟與該第2步驟,直到該真空容器內之壓力與該壓力差能各自達到設定值為止。The film forming method of claim 28, wherein the adjusting process comprises: setting a process for setting the number of execution steps after performing the third step; and repeatedly repeating the number of execution times set in the setting process The first step and the second step are performed until the pressure in the vacuum vessel and the pressure difference can each reach a set value. 如申請專利範圍第25項之成膜方法,其中該調整製程係在供給該反應氣體製程之前,從該第1反應氣體供給機構及該第2反應氣體供給機構處各自供給非活性氣體以調整此時該真空容器內之壓力及該壓力差的製程;該反應氣體供給製程,則係在該調整製程之後,各自將從該第1反應氣體供給機構及該第2反應氣體供給機構處所供給之氣體切換成第1反應氣體及第2反應氣體來供給氣體的製程。The film forming method of claim 25, wherein the adjusting process is to supply an inert gas from the first reaction gas supply means and the second reaction gas supply means before the supply of the reaction gas process to adjust the method a pressure in the vacuum vessel and a process of the pressure difference; the reaction gas supply process is a gas supplied from the first reaction gas supply mechanism and the second reaction gas supply mechanism after the adjustment process The process of switching the first reaction gas and the second reaction gas to supply the gas. 如申請專利範圍第24項之成膜方法,其中供給至該真空容器內之氣體總流量於切換該氣體之前後時點係設定為相同數值。The film forming method of claim 24, wherein the total flow rate of the gas supplied into the vacuum vessel is set to the same value before and after switching the gas. 如申請專利範圍第19項之成膜方法,其中於該排氣製程係替代各自連接至該第1排氣通道及該第2排氣通道的第1真空排氣機構及第2真空排氣機構,而使得該第1排氣通道及該第2排氣通道匯流,再於該匯流通道連接共通之真空排氣機構,並藉由其共通之真空排氣機構將該第1處理區域與該第2處理區域之各氣氛排出的製程。The film forming method of claim 19, wherein the exhaust gas processing system replaces the first vacuum exhausting mechanism and the second vacuum exhausting mechanism respectively connected to the first exhaust passage and the second exhaust passage And the first exhaust passage and the second exhaust passage are merged, and the common vacuum exhaust mechanism is connected to the merge passage, and the first processing region and the first portion are connected by the common vacuum exhaust mechanism 2 The process of discharging each atmosphere of the treatment area. 如申請專利範圍第19項之成膜方法,其中阻止該反應氣體侵入至該分離區域的製程,即係藉由於該分離氣體供給機構之該迴轉方向兩側處所形成的該迴轉台與真空容器頂面之間的狹窄空間,而自該分離區域將該分離氣體供給至處理區域側的製程。The film forming method of claim 19, wherein the process of preventing the intrusion of the reaction gas into the separation region is performed by the rotary table and the vacuum vessel top formed at both sides of the rotation direction of the separation gas supply mechanism A narrow space between the faces, and the separation gas is supplied from the separation region to the process on the processing region side. 如申請專利範圍第19項之成膜方法,其中係包含有:以分離氣體沖洗位於該真空容器內中心部的中心部區域並藉由該中心部區域所形成的噴出口將分離氣體噴出至該迴轉台之基板載置面側的製程;以及與擴散至該分離區域兩側之分離氣體及自該中心部區域所噴出之分離氣體,一同地將該反應氣體自該排氣口處排出的製程。The film forming method of claim 19, wherein the method comprises: rinsing a central portion of the central portion of the vacuum container with a separation gas, and ejecting the separation gas to the discharge port formed by the central portion a process of the substrate mounting surface side of the turntable; and a process of discharging the reaction gas from the exhaust port together with the separated gas diffused to both sides of the separation region and the separated gas ejected from the central portion . 如申請專利範圍第34項之成膜方法,其中該中心部區域係由該迴轉台之迴轉中心部與該真空容器之上面側所劃分形成,並藉由分離氣體來沖洗的區域。The film forming method of claim 34, wherein the center portion is formed by dividing a center portion of the turntable of the turntable and an upper side of the vacuum container, and is a region to be flushed by separating gas. 一種記憶體,係儲存有將至少2種會相互反應之反應氣體依序供給至基板表面,並藉由實施如此之供給循環來層積多數的反應生成物層以形成一薄膜之成膜裝置所使用的程式,其特徵在於該程式係由實施如申請專利範圍第19項之成膜方法的步驟群所組成。A memory device storing a film forming apparatus in which at least two kinds of reaction gases which react with each other are sequentially supplied to a surface of a substrate, and a plurality of reaction product layers are laminated by performing such a supply cycle to form a thin film. The program to be used is characterized in that the program consists of a group of steps for carrying out the film forming method of claim 19 of the patent application. 一種成膜裝置,係於真空容器內將至少2種會相互反應之反應氣體依序供給至基板表面,並藉由實施如此之供給循環來層積多數的反應生成物層以形成一薄膜,其特徵在於具備有:迴轉台,係設置於該真空容器內並包含有載置基板用的基板載置區域;第1反應氣體供給機構,係朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之一面供給第1反應氣體之結構;第2反應氣體供給機構,係遠離該第1反應氣體供給機構而設置在該迴轉台之圓周方向並朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之一面供給第2反應氣體之結構;分離區域,係位於該圓周方向中供給有第1反應氣體的第1處理區域與供給有第2反應氣體的第2處理區域之間;頂面,係與該迴轉台之間形成有位於該分離氣體供給機構之該迴轉方向兩側處的狹窄空間,以使得該分離氣體自該分離區域流向處理區域側;中心部區域,係位於該真空容器內之中心部,並形成有將分離氣體噴出至該迴轉台之該基板載置面側的噴出孔;第1排氣通道,係於該第1處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口;第2排氣通道,係於該第2處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口;第1真空排氣機構,係連接至該第1排氣通道;以及第2真空排氣機構,係連接至該第2排氣通道。A film forming apparatus for sequentially supplying at least two reaction gases which react with each other to a surface of a substrate in a vacuum vessel, and laminating a plurality of reaction product layers by performing such a supply cycle to form a film. The rotary table is provided in the vacuum container and includes a substrate mounting region for mounting the substrate, and the first reaction gas supply mechanism supplies the first surface of the substrate mounting region side of the turntable. a structure of the reaction gas; the second reaction gas supply means is provided in the circumferential direction of the turntable away from the first reaction gas supply means, and supplies the second reaction gas toward one side of the substrate mounting region side of the turntable. a structure; the separation region is located between the first treatment region to which the first reaction gas is supplied in the circumferential direction and the second treatment region to which the second reaction gas is supplied; and the top surface is formed between the turntable and the turntable a narrow space at both sides of the separating direction of the separating gas supply mechanism, so that the separating gas flows from the separating region to the processing region side; the central portion region is located a central portion of the vacuum container is formed with a discharge hole for discharging the separation gas onto the substrate mounting surface side of the turntable; the first exhaust passage is provided between the first processing region and the separation region a second exhaust passage having an exhaust port between the second processing region and the separation region; a first vacuum exhausting mechanism connected to the first exhaust passage; and a second vacuum exhaust The gas mechanism is connected to the second exhaust passage. 如申請專利範圍第37項之成膜裝置,其中該迴轉台下方設置有該第1排氣通道之排氣口及該第2排氣通道的排氣口,藉由該迴轉台周緣與該真空容器內壁間的間隙將各別來自該第1處理區域及該第2處理區域的第1反應氣體及第2反應氣體排出。The film forming apparatus of claim 37, wherein an exhaust port of the first exhaust passage and an exhaust port of the second exhaust passage are disposed below the turntable, by the periphery of the turntable and the vacuum The gap between the inner walls of the container discharges the first reaction gas and the second reaction gas from the first processing region and the second processing region. 如申請專利範圍第37項之成膜裝置,其中於該第1真空排氣機構及該第2真空排氣機構的後段處係設置有針對從該第1真空排氣機構及第2真空排氣機構所排出之排放物,各別獨自地進行廢棄物處理的第1廢棄物處理裝置及第2廢棄物處理裝置。The film forming apparatus of claim 37, wherein the first vacuum exhausting means and the second vacuum exhausting means are provided with the first vacuum exhausting means and the second vacuum exhausting means The first waste disposal device and the second waste treatment device that discharge the waste separately from the facility. 如申請專利範圍第37項之成膜裝置,其中該分離區域之壓力較該處理區域之壓力為高。The film forming apparatus of claim 37, wherein the pressure of the separation zone is higher than the pressure of the treatment zone. 如申請專利範圍第37項之成膜裝置,其中該分離氣體供給機構之氣體噴出孔,係由該迴轉台之迴轉中心部及其周緣部之一側朝向另一側所設置的。The film forming apparatus of claim 37, wherein the gas discharge hole of the separation gas supply means is provided by one side of the rotation center portion of the turntable and a peripheral portion thereof toward the other side. 如申請專利範圍第37項之成膜裝置,其中係具備一加熱該迴轉台的加熱機構。The film forming apparatus of claim 37, wherein the film forming apparatus is provided with a heating mechanism for heating the turntable. 如申請專利範圍第37項之成膜裝置,其中分別於該分離氣體供給機構兩側形成有狹窄空間的頂面,其沿迴轉台迴轉方向之該基板中心所通過部位的寬度尺寸係50mm以上。The film forming apparatus of claim 37, wherein a top surface of the narrow space is formed on both sides of the separation gas supply mechanism, and a width dimension of a portion passing through the center of the substrate in a rotation direction of the turntable is 50 mm or more. 如申請專利範圍第37項之成膜裝置,其中該分離區域之頂面處,相對該分離氣體供給機構之迴轉台相對迴轉方向上游側的部位係越往外緣之部位則該迴轉方向之寬度越大。The film forming apparatus of claim 37, wherein a width of the turning direction is higher at a top surface of the separating region with respect to a portion of the rotating table of the separating gas supply mechanism in a direction of an upstream side of the rotating direction toward a periphery Big. 如申請專利範圍第44項之成膜裝置,其中該分離區域之頂面處,相對該分離氣體供給機構之迴轉台相對迴轉方向上游側的部位係形成一扇形。The film forming apparatus of claim 44, wherein the top surface of the separation region forms a sector with respect to a portion of the rotary table of the separation gas supply mechanism on the upstream side in the rotation direction. 一種成膜方法,係於真空容器內將至少2種會相互反應之反應氣體依序供給至基板表面,並藉由實施如此之供給循環來層積多數的反應生成物層以形成一薄膜,其特徵在於具備有:將基板幾乎水平地載置於該真空容器內之迴轉台的製程;旋轉該迴轉台的製程;自該第1反應氣體供給機構,朝向該迴轉台之基板載置區域側之面,將第1反應氣體供給至第1處理區域的製程;自遠離該迴轉台之圓周方向所設置的該第2反應氣體供給機構,朝向該迴轉台之該基板載置區域側之面,將第2反應氣體供給至第2處理區域的製程;藉由位於該第1反應氣體供給機構及該第2反應氣體供給機構之間的分離區域所設置的分離氣體供給機構來供給分離氣體,以使得該分離氣體擴散至該分離氣體供給機構迴轉方向兩側處之面向該迴轉台的該頂面與該迴轉台之間的狹窄空間之製程;自位於該真空容器內中心部之中心部區域所形成的噴出口,將該分離氣體噴出至該迴轉台之基板載置面側的製程;藉由於該第1處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口的第1排氣通道來將該分離氣體與該第1反應氣體排出,並藉由於該第2處理區域與該分離區域之間具有排氣口的第2排氣通道來將該分離氣體與該第2反應氣體排出的製程;以及從連接至該第1排氣通道的第1真空排氣機構處將該分離氣體與該第1反應氣體排出,並從連接至該第2排氣通道的第2真空排氣機構處將該分離氣體與該第2反應氣體排出的製程。A film forming method is characterized in that at least two kinds of reaction gases which react with each other are sequentially supplied to a surface of a substrate in a vacuum vessel, and a plurality of reaction product layers are laminated by performing such a supply cycle to form a film. A process for rotating a turntable in which the substrate is placed almost horizontally in the vacuum container, and a process of rotating the turntable; and from the first reaction gas supply mechanism toward the substrate mounting region side of the turntable a process of supplying the first reaction gas to the first processing region; and the second reaction gas supply mechanism provided in the circumferential direction away from the turntable is directed to the surface of the turntable on the substrate mounting region side The second reaction gas is supplied to the second processing region; the separation gas is supplied by the separation gas supply mechanism provided in the separation region between the first reaction gas supply mechanism and the second reaction gas supply mechanism, so that a process for diffusing the separation gas to a narrow space between the top surface of the turntable and the turntable at both sides in the direction of rotation of the separation gas supply mechanism; a discharge port formed in a central portion of the central portion of the vacuum container, wherein the separation gas is ejected to a substrate mounting surface side of the turntable; and the first processing region and the separation region have a row The first exhaust passage of the gas port discharges the separation gas and the first reaction gas, and the separation gas is separated by a second exhaust passage having an exhaust port between the second treatment region and the separation region a process of discharging the second reaction gas; and discharging the separation gas and the first reaction gas from a first vacuum exhaust mechanism connected to the first exhaust passage, and connecting from the second exhaust passage The second vacuum exhausting means discharges the separated gas and the second reactive gas. 如申請專利範圍第46項之成膜方法,其中從第1處理區域及第2處理區域處獨自地連同該分離氣體而將該反應氣體排出的製程,係藉由該迴轉台周緣與該真空容器內壁之間的間隙,從設置於該迴轉台下方的第1排氣通道之排氣口及第2排氣通道之排氣口處將該第1處理區域及該第2處理區域之各氣氛排出的製程。The film forming method of claim 46, wherein the process of discharging the reaction gas by using the separation gas alone from the first processing region and the second processing region is performed by the periphery of the turntable and the vacuum container The gap between the inner walls is the atmosphere of the first processing region and the second processing region from the exhaust port of the first exhaust passage and the exhaust port of the second exhaust passage provided below the turntable. Discharged process. 如申請專利範圍第46項之成膜裝置,其中係包含有針對從該第1真空排氣機構及第2真空排氣機構所排出之排放物,各自獨自地藉由第1廢棄物處理裝置及第2廢棄物處理裝置來進行廢棄物處理的製程。The film forming apparatus of claim 46, wherein the film is discharged from the first vacuum exhausting means and the second vacuum exhausting means, and the first waste treating apparatus and the first waste treating apparatus are separately The second waste treatment device performs a waste treatment process.
TW98128930A 2008-08-29 2009-08-28 Film deposition apparatus, substrate processing apparatus, and film deposition method TWI437654B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008222723 2008-08-29
JP2008222728A JP5195174B2 (en) 2008-08-29 2008-08-29 Film forming apparatus and film forming method
JP2009165984A JP5195676B2 (en) 2008-08-29 2009-07-14 Film forming apparatus, substrate processing apparatus, film forming method, and storage medium

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201025480A TW201025480A (en) 2010-07-01
TWI437654B true TWI437654B (en) 2014-05-11

Family

ID=44852628

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW98128930A TWI437654B (en) 2008-08-29 2009-08-28 Film deposition apparatus, substrate processing apparatus, and film deposition method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI437654B (en)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201025480A (en) 2010-07-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5195676B2 (en) Film forming apparatus, substrate processing apparatus, film forming method, and storage medium
KR101291872B1 (en) Substrate processing apparatus, substrate processing method, and storage medium
KR101575359B1 (en) Film deposition apparatus substrate processing apparatus film deposition method and storage medium for film deposition method
JP5195174B2 (en) Film forming apparatus and film forming method
TWI494464B (en) Film deposition apparatus
TWI494459B (en) Film deposition apparatus, film deposition method, and storage medium
JP5253932B2 (en) Film forming apparatus, substrate processing apparatus, film forming method, and storage medium
TWI506159B (en) Film deposition apparatus
JP5062143B2 (en) Deposition equipment
TWI486482B (en) Gas injector and film deposition apparatus
KR101522739B1 (en) Film deposition apparatus, film deposition method and storage medium
JP5093162B2 (en) Film forming apparatus, film forming method, and storage medium
US20110155056A1 (en) Film deposition apparatus
JP5173684B2 (en) Film forming apparatus, film forming method, program for causing film forming apparatus to execute film forming method, and computer-readable storage medium storing the same
KR101373946B1 (en) Film deposition apparatus
KR20120039492A (en) Film deposition apparatus and film deposition method
US10358720B2 (en) Substrate processing apparatus
JP2012084598A (en) Film deposition device, film deposition method, and storage medium
TWI791778B (en) Film-forming method and film-forming apparatus
US20210087684A1 (en) Deposition apparatus and deposition method
TWI437654B (en) Film deposition apparatus, substrate processing apparatus, and film deposition method
JP2012182499A (en) Film formation device
JP2010129983A (en) Film deposition apparatus